Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Report (74)
\' '') '`40.1 -Co\VA \a Ss4 L`� FOrCl COPY z;;, Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe NOV 1 9 2018 CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING DIMS ION Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer Bull Moose Tube's Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. products are typically supplied with our protective and Canada), even though these products do not coating but can be supplied without the coating so require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM Tube made the decision to have them approved and requirements for use in dry systems in accordance listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or have been through the same rigorous testing as our ASTM A53. other fine pipe products. Schedule 10 Pipe 1 1.315 1.097 1.41 lbs/ft 91 1 1/4 1.660 1.442 1.81 lbs/ft 61 1 1/2 1.900 1.682 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 2.64 lbs/ft 37 2 1/2 2.875 2.635 3.53 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 4.34 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe i 1 1.315 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 1 1/4 1.660 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft 51 1 1/2 1.900 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 2 1/2 2.875 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation,all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket,pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint,scale,dirt,chips,grease,and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly,causing leakage. Also,check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, Chesterfield,MO 63017 contact your salesperson C llL us A euuu_inose rum cxxvipAiNly (800)325-4467 today at(800)325-4467 or LISTED FAX:(636)537-2645 (636)537-2600 in the USA, urw\Tv bullmoosetube.com or from Canada ACJEPARcompany e-mail:salesiwbullmoosetube.com call(800)882-4666 APPROVED All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 8/08 WELD-MISER TEE-LET: Welded Outlet Fittings (C))ANVIAL For Fire Protection & Other Low Pressure Piping Systems d MERIT Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Let Welding Branch Outlet Fittings offer the user a high strength, low cost, welded steel, threaded and grooved line of fittings. Tee-Lets are �" c UL us specifically designed and manufactured to be installed on LISTED APPROVED k �. ��� ;; For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, Schedules 5 thru 40 and proprietary thin wall flow pipe. < visit our website at www.anv lintl.com or �. contact an Anvil"'Sales Representative. Merit Tee-Lets are steel welding outlet fittings. The y material used in manufacture meets the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A 53, Grades A or B, a Type E. Tee-Lets employ a low weld volume design to provide for either a partial or full penetration weld - employing a single pass with minimum burn-through and z %� pipe distortion. Threads are NPT per ASME B1 .20.1 or ;nom ISO 7/1 Taper as ordered. Tee-Lets are UL Listed and FM °\ ` Approved for use conforming to the requirements of y \ NFPA 13. When used in fire sprinkler systems, Tee-Lets l are rated for 300 psi or 175 psi on 6" EZ-Flow Pipe. v tt� TEE-LET WELDED OUTLET FITTING (UL VIZU — EX3788 FM APPROVAL GUIDE CHAPTER 1 — PIPE FITTINGS) Outlet Model Outlet Pipe Size Header Pipe Size** Rated Pressure In. In, Tee Let Type A 1/2,3/4,1,1'/4,1'/2,21/2,3,4 1'/4.8 300 (F-Threaded End) Tee-Let Type C 11/4 8 11/4 8 300 (Grooved End) Tee-Let Type C/R 11/4-6 11/4-8 300 (Roll Grooved End) "Contact your local Anvil Representative for a complete list of UL approved propreitary flow pipe and sizes. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: LI Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: FP-2.17 - WELD-MISER TEE-LET Welded Outlet Fittings (0)ANVIL MERIT UNIFIED DESIGN"' SERIES —: • Threads are cut in accordance with ASME Merit's Unified Design Series carries all important B1 .20.1 for NPT tapered pipe threads. ISO 7/1 design considerations into its entire line of welding taper threads are available upon request. branch outlet fittings. • Tee-Let threaded and grooved welding outlet fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved Merito Weld MiserM Tee Lets® are designed __ for use in the fire sprinkler systems installed in and Manufactured to reduce the amount of - - — accordance •with the •requirements of NFPA 13. weld required to install the Tee-Lets on thin wall or proprietary flow pipe. Typically only one • Tee Lets are offered in a wide variety of weld-pass completes the installation. Merit Tee-Lets header sizes. The consolidated header sizes l shown in the following charts allow the fittings to install with less weld volume than any other brand of welding outlet fittings for fire sprinkler applications. be installed on more than one header size, permitting To accomplish this: the first size listed to fit the header perfectly, while a • The contoured end of the fittings employs a reduced small gap along the longitudinal center line of the header will appear for the second size listed. outside diameter. Two major advantages are immediately apparent: • Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Lets are identified by a lot • The thinner wall on the contoured end permits welding number that provides full traceability per ISO 9000 specifications. temperatures to be matched to the thickness of the branch line or main thereby insuring complete FOR YOUR PIPING SYSTEMS SPECIFY penetration without cold welds, weld roll-off, burn- WELD-MISER TEE-LET through or excessive distortion. Branch Outlet Fittings shall be Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Let, • On smaller sizes a heavier section is maintained on Lightweight steel, employing low weld volume profile to the threaded end of the fitting. This protects the threads provide for full penetration welds with minimum burn from damage during shipping and handling prior to through and distortion on Schedules 5 thru 40 and installation as well as from weld distortion. proprietary thin wall pipe. Threads may be NPT per • Each outlet size 11/2" and larger, whether male or ASME B1.20.1 or ISO 7/1 taper, and the bore of the female threaded, cut grooved or beveled requires the fittings calculated to improve flow. Welding outlets to be same hole size in the header pipe. This simplifies the UL Listed, FM Approved for use conforming to NFPA 13 installation process. and pressure rated for 300 PSI maximum. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS • Tee-Let welding outlet fittings are manufactured from highly weldable steel which conforms to the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A-53, Grades A or B, Type E. Ease of installation is assured when automatic welding equipment is used to install Merit Tee-Lets. FP-2.17 WELD-MISER TEE-LET Welded Outlet Fittings (�(Q)ANv1114 - MERIT \ III Type A \Mil ii( Female Thread I ll C nn E1•161197 �pal WELD-MISERTM TEE-LET°-TYPE A ' WELD-MISERTM TEE-LET°-TYPE A Nominal Nominal Outlet Inside Make Up Weight Nominal Nominal Outlet Inside Make Up Weight Outlet Header Length Diameter M Each Outlet Header Length Diameter M Each A B C D A B C D la./mm In./mm in./mm In/mm In./mm Lbs./kg in./mm in./mm tn./mm In./mm )n./mm tbs./kg 1/4 x 1'/4-8 0.080 2 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.857 6n 6 200 0.u4 �5 1'/4.2 ' 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 21/2 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.829 <51'{' ji,JS ?2.7 J.?.19 65. 4.4 52.5 '.b7. /2 ' x 2-2'/2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 3 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.829 13 x c 27,0 17 8 12 7 008 30 44,c ^i. ?Y 21/2-8 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.169 2 x 4 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.800 65-200 270 17 3 !2/ 008 *0 g 00 444 E F 11/4.2 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 5i 1.750 2.067 0.875 0 743 J { 3/4 x 2-2'h 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 6 1.750 2.067 0 815 0.743 19 50-65 2'?.6 22.9 ;�,'' Cs.12 15; '4 5 5:2.5 :` 2'/2.8 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.256 8 1.750 2.067 0.85 O.743 65'70=; 28.6 21.9 12.7 f)12 20 44.a .25 2 1'/4.1'/2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.331 21/2 2.215 2.469 1.15 1.250 .q1 78 29.1 u.i5 65 4.0 / ' . 1'/2.2 ' 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.331 3 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.200 41 1) g 7.� Y;.: 1 x 2 2'/2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.320 4 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 25 s >v'65 ;'2' X9.1 ..`.7 t)i j 21/2 x 10 54 0 62 6.6 22 2'/2.4 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.309 65 x 5 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 5-8 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.291 6 2. 1-5 2.469 1.125 1.150 125-200 31.8 29. 1;-.1 G.i 151 ,1.i ;s`7 ' 1'/2.2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.421 8 2.215 2.469 1 125 1.150 50 84.4 s"?' ;,2f 019 2/ 540 ,:K c2 2.2'/2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.421 3 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.750 50-65 "f9 32.8 12,7 .✓19 .'':T." J=.1 .79 11/4 x 2'h-3 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.411 4 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.700 32 G5 v 34.9 378 727 .019 ;:'v' 63.5 >i 7 7 , 71 3 4 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.389 3 x 5 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.700 ,tJti A L' ''' 12,/ .L'1 I,, ii^ 63.5 7.,,f ::r;1 .'.17 5 8 1.375 1.49'0 6 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.650 a,5 3R 11/2 1.625 1.610 0.815 t 8 2.500 3.068 1.500 1.65U 2 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.417 4 3.000 4.026 2.000 3.000 t i 0?", 10 76 9 i i1 ,j ' 5U` °U Y 1/2 x 21 1.65 1.610 0.85 0.477 5 3.000 4.026 2.000 2.900 55 41.5 4'"9 22.2 Inn 4x 125 'si 1 :i i? 3.4 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 100 s 6 3.000 4.026 2.000 2.800 so 100 41 4 1.623 5 1.610 0.875 0.477 8 3.000 4.026 2.000 2.800 ran 41 40 q 22.2 .... ... .__. ..... .., .. 5-8 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 .... 200 41 40 9 22.2 .52 2 FP-2.17 WELD-MISER TEE-LET Welded Outlet Fittings (0AW114 Type C MERIT Cut Groove Standard Weight 1-0-- E _ '1 A f i! r Rt C F F B I< o >r 1 WELD-MISERTM TEE-LET®-TYPE C (Nominal Sizes 1" thru 2") Nominal Outlet Nominal Header Outlet Length Inside Diameter Outside Diameter Wall Thickness A B C D E F in./mm tri./m(n . In./mm 1'/a 1'h In./nm In/mm rr,/mm 1.049 1.315 0.133 r; 4i, 80 26.6 33.4 3.4 11/2.2 3 1.049 1.315 40-50 80 '6.6 33.4 1. 0.133 1 x 2-2'/2 3 1.049 1.315 0.133 25,: 50-65 80 26.6 33.4 3 21/2-4 3 1.049 1.315 0.133 6 -100 80 26.6 5.8 3 33 $ .4 1.049 1.315 0.133 123-200 80 26.6 334 3.4 11/4 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 32 61 .4.7 422 '/z 6 1 3 11368 1.660 0.140 40 80 34 7 42.2 3.6 11/4 x 2-21/2 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 50.6 5 30 34 42.2 n 6 3-4 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 !0 5-8 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 200 11/2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 40 30 '0i 9 48.3 31 2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 50 80 41 9 48 s 11/2 x 21/2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 40 x 65 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 880-100 60 40 9 F. 2, 5-8 3 1.610 1.900 125-200' , 0.145 8u 40.9 4$.3 a- 2 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 50 80 2'/z 525 61.i 3.i 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 aS 80 52.5 60.3 „9 3 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 80 80 52.5 , 83 3.9 2 x 4 3 2.0672.375 0.154 50. 10080 , r 3.9 5 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 125 50 52.5 60 6 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 150 _52 5 80 ;ai 8 3 2.067 2.375 0.154 250 30 52.5 6043 3.9 Note:Tee-Lets are manufactured to fit size-on-size,that is the contoured shape on a given Tee-Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the second header size marked on the fitting,a slight gap of approximately V32"will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header.For example,a 1"x 2-21/2'Tee-Let,is a 1"outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2"header size listed,while leaving a Ya:"gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 21/2"size.If a perfect fit is required for a 21/2"header pipe,then a 1"x 21/2-3" Tee-Let would be ordered.Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility. FP-2.17 WELD-MISER TEE-LET Welded Outlet Fittings ( )4N' 1t Type C Type C/R • Air Cut Groove Roll Groove MERIT Standard Weight Schedule 10 LE- E -i A I`- E -*-I A C Et 11! -3t4F F F D�I g IE- D WELD-MISERTM TEE-LET®-TYPE C and C/R (Nominal Sizes 21/2" thru 8") Nominal Outlet Nominal Header Outlet Length Inside Diameter - D Outside Diameter Wall Thickness - F A BEStandard Weight Schedule 10 Standard Weight Schedule 10 In./mm In/mm br/mar . , tn./mm 1u./mm In./mm ininm• kt;r�ua 21/2 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 65 80 62.7 67.0 76.2 5.0 3.0 3 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 80 80 62.7 67.0 7o.' 5.5 3.0 4 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 2'/2x 00 60 62 :'rv' '62 3.1 <; 5 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 125 80 62.77 55 76.2 50 3 6 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 115 80 62 7 67.0 76 2 5 0 8 3 2.469 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 200 80 627 8.70 18.2 5.i 1.i"' 3 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 80 80 73.0 83.0 88.' 5 3 0 31/2 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 85 36 7E0 83 88.0 5 0 3.0 4 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 80 8.0i 8'' 88.:3 s. 7.0 3 x 100 _._ 5 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 ... 125 80 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 2 6 3 3.068 '3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 150 80 7 v 83.0 38.0 5.0 370 8 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 200 80 78,0 83.0 880 5.0 :.i' 4 4 .4 076 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120- ;00 12i00 100 102; 106.0 114.0 6.0 0 5 4 4.026 4.260 4.300 0.237 0.120 0 4 x 125 100 1tir'.>> 106.0 ;.114 0 6.0 6 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 1r..,., 150 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 5:0 8 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 . 60 . 0 200 1c100 ?c,%c� :..i3� 1140 0.134 6 4 6.065 6.357 6.625 0.280 6 50 100 155.0 161.5 168.3 7,1 3,0 150 x 8 4 6.065 6.357 6.625 0.280 0.134 200 100 1550 161.5 168.3 8 x 8 4 7.981 8.329 8.625 0.322 0.148 21710 x 200 100 203,0 212.0 213.0 8.0 .,... Note:Tee-Lets are manufactured to fit size-on-size,that is the contoured shape on a given Tee-Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the second header size marked on the fitting,a slight gap of approximately 1/32"will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header.For example,a 1"x 2-21/2"Tee-Let,is a 1"outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2"header size listed,while leaving a''/32"gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 21/2"size.If a perfect fit is required for a 21/2"header pipe,then a 1"x 21/2-3" Tee-Let would be ordered.Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility. FP-2.17 ,• „, ast IFittings ron rea a .....„,,,. . „ 7., '''';,.;;;;'' ',,::,?s,, m / r -� vv o\. i \;it £n Y y \ _ '" S' .... _�' ate. - .. �,.vGs� ..r. z y V`>7.''',0' h. Cast Iron Fittings Specifications • ''SCI branded cast iron threaded fittings are UL Listed and FM Approved at 300psi • Rated to 125#WSP • Casting date on each fitting C US • Grey iron castings conform to ASTM A126 LISTED • Cast iron fitting dimensions conform to ASME B16.4 Class 1254iiiiri:01/0.. • NPT threads on fittings conform to ASME B1.20.1 APPROVED • Cast iron fittings have SCI Trademark and are 100% air tested a Manufacturing facility is ISO 9001;200S and ISO 14001 a , Cast Iron Fittings- Class 125 UL/FM c041,) us APPROVED Fig. 37E I - ° Elbow LISTED A , Si zx t A Parkin a1 u Wer A P1Nu�hbrMinter XC 01 1/2a 37E 1004 1.13 90 180 --iir 3/4 s3. 37 10061 ‘111;. 1 ",' ; 1# y s sig � A I 1 37E 1010 1.50 35 70 0.8 ! i W max'" 37611012 �#�afk 1..744a,7'-',''2:i.4,- 20', 4t 1-1/2 37E 1014 1.94 15 30 1.7 � 37 2.25 ,, ; -, 0. iii" a:74' 2-1/2 37E 1024 2.70 4 8 4.3 Fig. 37RE1 - 90°Reducing Elbow s 4 $I4 ~ A B -f-.40(,,, �1g Weight �A Part number 1 4 ':4;1'.. 1N, , nrls Master LB-': „§ ,, - 1 x 1/2 378E1010004 1.36 1.26 50 100 0.5 71 �RE =106 1.45 .?^-. 1,31' " ',40.. '', ':80 0.7'7; . 1-1/4 x 1/2 37861012004 1.53 1.34 32 64 0.8 B4.1 0„, 2006 �'•;,,1.63 ,...t.45 Ate; ,'28 •.. 56 0.9.R: 1-1/4 x 1\ 37861012010 1.67 1.58 25 50 1.0 1-112 ,,, 377s " ' i 4,„75' ,--7`,5-'-''.'1'..25 50 1 0 1-1/2 x 3/4 37RE1014006 1.75 1.52 20 40 j 1.1 1-1/2'x17RE'101401ta:a '. .W[1:80,„;,,,, 1 8 ,,1 36 "13 :_ 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 378E1014012 1.88 1.82 14 28 1.5 2 x 112 2. 378E1020004 7 : ,, 45 30 of 4,c`. 2 x 3/4 378E1020006 1.97 1.60 15 30 1.6 .17 .1.02001€t ' . 5, 0 ,. ,,, .:7 .• °�,: : ----f-,-1,$-,iii 2 x 1-1/2 378E1020014 2.16 2.02 10 20 2.3 Fig. 37F 1 -45°Elbow Size Part Numb! ' - a''' • Par Ight 401/4 1lta ar to*r - mfg1 37F 1010 1 26 40 80 U 7 'iA�► �� a, � � '„,',,,,,,,44;',,,37F 1012' 4 !f i X14 �� ',. 1! 1-1/2 37F 1014 1 44 16 32 15 111111 T anli i 7--, ":-i4i,.'..„it -'---.•,, ,,,,-,10:1- ,'-' -'--, i,-,03'-'--..-i-k4%-:, -:*: .,.',.,•• ' Vet-6 ,-,,,,,,ili„Li-i;,. 2:0s-tp-4-, Fig. 37T 1 - Tee P g ht __ 1 � umba� _ Inae • taat f • ., �u! A 1/2 377 1004 1 13 60 120 0.4 cotii,„,,, ,,-,:ii, 1 3rT 1010 1.50 20 40 1 1 -- , ,,,, ,,ii;,, 36:4,",,,, 'iiti,:.'7'-, rAij'-.'t.'4':',''1 --' Ill `111. T 1 t?12 �? 1-1/2 37T 1014 1.94 8 16 2.4 Fig. 37RC1 Hex Coupling Sht umbar ' \ rJ j 1 x 1/2 37RC1010004 1.69 0x120 0.5 I\ f' �A 014 ,.,,4 7RC•1fl 10b00. „.41.611'.'.., ..,,,,a>, y », ' i*. ,,,. Lig. 3i111L - nCasua[rcN ICC wei 111. I INSIZE ,,, IN IN InnerckMast LB- t F�rf �t��nber C 1 x 1J2 37RT1010004 1.26 1.26 1.36 25 50 X1.9 , 4. T10100104111a11p 9Ya �50 i air 1 v1� � 4 :9 1 x`3/4 37RT1010006 1.38 1.38 1.45 22 44 1.0 . I � - / 1 4 x* 701 1 . .. f 1 ,'.:[;50` " 20 40 1.0 1 x 1-1/4 37RT1010012 1.67 1.67 1.58 15 30 1.4 B A 1 1/ 112 37R-110 11:20o4 1,;34' ,;1,',5a, 1-1/4 x 1/2 x 1-1/4 37RT1012004012 1.75 1.53 1.75 18 36 1.4 1,4,5 1';82, 16 30 1.4 1-1/4 x 3/4 x i-1/4 37RT1012006012 1.75 1.62 1.75 15 30 1.5 1-1/4 x 1 1'', -, •1,'67 15 30 ,,.,2 1.6 1-1/4 x 1 x 1/2 37RT1012010004 1.34 1.26 1.53 20 40 1.1 1x t7" 1 101201;at0 1,45 1,38 1.63 16 ' `' 2 1:2 1-1/4 x 1 x 1 37R11012010010 1.58 1.50 1.69 15 30 1.4 1 1/4 x"�X }; 1 'f `• X8 . .. ..:..11.75 12 24 4.6 1-1/4 x 1 x 1-1/2 37RT1012010014 1.88 1.80 1.82 12 24 1.8 1-1/4"x 1x1/2 ', ' 37h 1201+1 1.88,,.. ;. 1.88" 1.82 10 20 2,Q'; 1-1/2x1/2 3 i RT 1014004 1.41 1.41 1.66 '2 24 I 1.6 37I 7101400401. „ 1,:.56 1;68 12 4 1.7-- 1-1/2 x 1/2 x 1-1/2 37RT1014004014 1.94 1.66 1.94 i '2 24 3 M ;ate 1s 52 1 r 12 24 1 1-1/2 x 3/4 x 1-1/4 37RT1014006012 1.94 1.66 1.88 12 24 1/2 x.3/4 x 1.1:/ 7RT 1,e1"1 008014- '1.64- 1.75 - 1.94 12 24 I 3 1-1/2 x 1 37RT1014010 1.65 1.65 1.80 10 20 .. �1/2 37R110140.1 =.x,44 1,25 11,69 18 36 3 1-1/2 x 1 x 3/4 37RT1014010006 1.50 1.44 1.75 15 30 1=11 '49111 1 65" 1,50 1.80 ; 12 24 1-1/2 x 1 x 1-1/4 37RT1014010012 1.82 1,67 1.88 10 20 -1/2 x 1 x 1-1/2 . 37{700`1` 010014 1.94 1.80 1.94 8 It, 21 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 37RT1014012 1.82 1.82 1,88 8 16 3 3 _A-1/250411:4.x j/"2 378T1 014012004 1,41 1,34 1.64 15 30 1.5 1-112 x 1-1/4 x 3/4 37RT1014012006 1.52 1.45 1.75 12 24 1.6 1I/ ,* 114<x 's41 61 11 # 1:65 71.„46 1;3 12 24 1.8 1-1/2x1-1/4x1-1/4 37RT1014012012 1.82 1.75 1.88 10 20 2.1 1411/4x 1-1J2 37RT1014012014 1'"..04 „ 7,84, 16 ' 2.3 1-1/2 1-1/2x1-1/4x2 37RT1014012020 2.16 2.10 2.02 6 12 2.7 1<1" 07 0 7t4T1-014020' '5 10 3 2.9 2 x 1/2 37RT1020004 1.49 1.49 1.88 8 16 2.6 q �, X31�G ' , 371".1 1".X036 1',.613•` 1.60 1.97 -3 8 2 x 1 37R11020010 1,73 1.73 2.02 6 12 2.9 EA :," 5 10 3.1. 2 x 1-1/4 37RT 1020012 1.90 1.60 2.10 5 10 3.2 2 1k1$ 3791-1020012020 2:25 2,10 2,25 .2 2 x 1-1/2 37RT 1020014 2.02 2.02 2.16 5 10 3.3 8 1 21 2 x 1-1/2 x 3/4 37RT 1020014006 1.60 1.52 1.97 8 16 2 2 n„ 37R11020014010, 13 1,55 2.02 8 '16 ' 2.4 2 . airniadren ^7RT1020014012 ___1.119"'1"8? 2.10 7 27 2x , :y _ aT10200140414 s �.. . 2.16* 7 14-49'''' 2,0 2 x 1-1/2 x 2 37RT1020014020 2.25 2.16 2.25 5 10 3.4 3 . t (X)24': ' 32,60"" 2.60 2.39 -_....-3, �` ' 46 1 SMI"FH-COOPER IN'T'ERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • wwwsmithcooper.co n 98 FireLock® Fittings ✓ctaulic 10.03 Material Specifications: Fitting: • Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade \\ . 65-45-12. • Fitting Coating: • ❑ Orange enamel 0 Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India • 0 Optional: Hot dipped pped galvanized ...................................._.._.. .____..........__..........._........................................................................................................................................................................ Approvals/Listings: c 0 us ® 1[PC J vds (20 LISTED Product Description: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. FireLock® products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD- developed, hydrodynamic design, affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Refer to the appropriate listing agency or approval body for pressure ratings. Pressure ratings vary by agency. Job/Owner Engineer System No. ; _._.... _ _.._...__ Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor ...._ R Approved Submitted By :.......... .......................................... Date Date _ _ " toEl •ril:;' C to E � ! p .-T C % C J ole to tLEi oo l i_t i NO.001 NO.003 NO.002 No.006 • No.001 No.003 No.002 No.006 90°Elbow ( 45°Elbow Straight Tee Cap Actual ! Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Nominal I Outside I I Weight Weight 1 1 Weight Weight Size 1 Diameter I C to E I Each 1 C to E I Each 1 C to E 1 Each 1 C to E 1 Each inches 1 inches i inches 1 Lbs. 1 inches I Lbs. inches 1 Lbs. i inches 1 Lbs. mm = ........mm mm kg mm k9._.. mm kg I mm kg 1'/a 1 1.660 _ - - 082 0 32 42.4 - - € 1 _.. 1 1/21.900 - - - - - - 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 - t. - - 1.... 0.2 2 1 2.375 2.75 1 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 _0.3 21h i 2.875 I 3.00 I 3.1 1 2.25 1 2.2 1 3.00 1 3.6 i 0.88 1 1.0 65 73.0 1 76 1.4 57...................._............... 1.0 ........... 76 .......... 1.6 ........... 22................. 0.5................ 3.000 3.00 330................., 2.25 1 2.4 i 3.00 1 3.8 - •- 76.1 mm 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 76.2 1.7 • 3 1 3.500 1 3.38 1 4.0 1 2.50 1 3.1 1 3.38 5.3 1 0.88 1 1.2 80 1 88.9 i 86 1.8 € 64 I 1.4 .. ..... 86 2.4 22................. 0.5................ 108 mm 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 - 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 4 4.500 1 4.00 ! 6.7 3.00 1 5.6 I 4.00 E 8.7 1 1.00 1 2.4 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 ........... 102 .......... 3.9 ......... 25 .......... ............ 1.1 ........... 100 1..... ....................... 5 5.563 4.88 i 12.6 1 3.25 1 83 1 4.88 I 15.7 I 1.00 i 41 I 125 1413 124 1 5.7 1 83 1 3.8 i 1247.1 _25 _ __ 1 9 139.7 mm 5.500 4.88 12.4 ; 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4 _ - 139.7...... 124.0 5.6 82.6 3.7.. 124.0... . E 6 9 ... 159 mm 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 i 9.2 5.50 17.9 - - 158.8 140 5.7 89 4 2 140 __ 8 0 _,__ 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 • 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 165.1 mm 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0 - - 165.1 I 139.7 7.9 1 88.9 5.2 139.7 _ 9.9 8 1 8.625 1 6.81 I 25.5 I 4.25 20.4 1 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 219.1 I 173 1 11.6 �i..........--_108 9.�3....................._................._1 76.................._,................._17.6.............._......................_29......._..._......._..................._5.8......_.............. ........................................................................................................:.................................................................................... 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. /rCtall� L'r victa lic,com 2 vv _.c I . , victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 Flow Data: , Frictional Resistance Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe' Actual Nominal 1 Outside No.002 Size 1 Diameter _ Elbows ' Straight Tee inches i inches No.001 s No.003 I • mm . mm 90°Elbow;45°Elbow i Branch i Run 1'/a 1.660 - - 1 32 i 42.4 1' 1.900 - - 40 ............48 3 - i - 1 - 2 1 2.375 3.5 11 1.8 I 8.5 3.5 50 I 60.3 1.1 1 0.5 1 2.6 I. 1.1 2'h 2.875 4.3 1 2.2 i 10.8 I 4.3 I 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 76.1 mm ' 3.000 4.5 2.3 I 11.0 I 4.5 76.1 1.4 1 0.7 I 3.4 1.4 3 1 3.500 ; 5.0 1 2.6 1 13.0 i 5.0 i 80 i 88.9 1.5 1 0.8 I 4.0 I 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108 mm 1080 2.0 0.9 1 4.7 2.0 4 1 4.500 1 6.8 1 3.4 1 16.0 6.8 100 i 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 i 2.1 5 i 5.563 8.5 4.2 1 21.0 8.5 i 125 I 141.3 . 2.6 1.3 I 6.4 2.6 139.7 mm ._ 5.500 . 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3 I 139.7 I 25 _..... 13 6.3 2.5 '. 159 mm 6.250 9 4.9 25.0 I 9.6 158 8 2 94. .......:.......... 1.5._........._x._....._.7.6 �..__..._2.9 6 I 6.625 ' 10.0 5.0 I 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 , 3.0 1.5 I 7.6 3.0 165.1 mm 6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 I 9.8 165.1 I. 3.0 1.5 j. 7.5 4 3.0 8 1 8.625 I 13.0 5.0 1 33.0 i 13.0 200 I 2191 ] 4.0 1.5 10.1 I. 4.0 ' The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. General Notes: NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H couplings. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Installation Note Reference should always be made to the I-100 Vlctaulic Field I , ti,n Handbook for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format Victaulic be installed inthe accordance with changecuproduct uc Victaulic installation/assembly designs an intandard on our website at www.victaulic.com. reserves the right to product specifications, and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic®is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. i s£ Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 11/4- 12"/32-300mm Pipe Material • Carbon steel, Schedule 10, Schedule 40. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure • Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa. Function • Joins carbon steel pipe. • Provides a rigid pipe joint designed to restrict axial or angular movement. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS us ® ILPCBJ wdS, C104-1a/36 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. • I System No. ! Location l ( Spec Section Paragraph i Submitted By Date Approved Date vitaulic.com • 10.64 7072 Rev J Updated 04/2017 ©2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 iCtclUli[:` ... victauiic.com • 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Ei Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) O Red enamel (Europe) • Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (specify choice') El Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Services listed are General Service Guidelines only.It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible.Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice2) O Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). El Optional: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy hex nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling-resistant coating.2 2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only. Y r-Z Y •••rt ifi'. l'I, k fir; Style 009N Pre Assembled Style 009N Joint Assembled (Push On Condition) Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Pre-assembled Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. (push On ConditioN Joint Assembled Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End ' �___.._ Approx. Size Diameter' Pressure3 + Load3 Separation4 Qty Size X Y X Y Z ' (Each) inches inches psi lbinches inches inches inches inches inches inches Ib mm mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 Z 3/s x 2 j 3.13; 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 ` 1.4 32 42.4 2517 31514 2.54 M/0x51 7.9 127 70 127 51 0.6 1'/z 1.900 365 1035 0.10 Z a x 2 3.38 5.13 3.00 •5.13 2.00 1.5 40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 M10 x 51 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 2 3/8 x2 i6/5231 z 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 1.9 50 60.3 _ 2517 7193 3.05 M10x63 102 143 875960 9 143 51 0.9 2'/z 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 3/8 x 2'/z 4.50 6.13 4.00 6.13 2.00 2.1 65 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 Mt 0:2.16/23 1 14 156 102 156 51 1.0 - t.... 1.01.5.. .3 000 r 365 2580 j 0.12 Z 34x i 4.63' 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.002.176.1 mm (' 761 1, ",;,• 2517 11476 3.05 M10631 If1152705156511.03 3.500 365 35120.12 23/ax 5.7 3 6.75 451...136783 .63 6.75 2.00 2.3 80 7 f 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 M10x63 130 171 1 17 171 51 1.0 7-17-, 4.500 5$05 0.17 %x231A )M--W 6,00' 7.88 5.63 7.50 22255...01141033 .13 2.9 100 j 114 3 2517 25822 4.32 2 M 10 x 63 152 200 143 191 54 1.3 108.0mm 4.250 365 5175 0.17 2 3/a x 2'/z 5.63 7762...03870885 .38 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 4.32 I M10x63 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 5 '''.'''•<:141.3,-:.,,--,;:.-.',2000 563 '36S' TO 01 zHz 2 '/z x 3 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 5.0 i.5•4:4•145.• 141.3 ,200Qt 394SS6 432 I ..I M 12 x 76 ) 184 235 171 232 57 2.3 5.250 365 ; 7897 0.17 z x 3 6.63 9.00 6.38 9.00 255.2775 .25 4.8 133.0mm 133.0 2517 35106. 4.32 2 M12x76 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 5500 - 365 , ,8667 0.17 2 '/z x 3 6.88 9.25 6.?5 9.13 2.25 4.9 ,A 1397-._- 2517 38529 4.32 mi Z x 76 175 235 171 232 57 2.2 6.250 365 11192 0.17 /z x 3'/4 7.88 10.00 7.38 9.88 2 .25 5.6 159 0 mm""'''''-15-27.9.--1''-'''i"-:---- 59 0 2517 49753 .._........4.: ?_,-,,,3 2 M12-x 83 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 • 00, 365 12105 017 ' x 3'/4 8.00 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 1., 2517 ..111.152582 • 1.7 ` 2 x x 83 203 260 197 257 57 2.7 6 ' 6.625 i 365 12582 0.17 Yz x 3Ya 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.13 2.25 6.0 150 168.3 2000 44469 4.32 2 ' M12 x 83 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 .20712 7-.043112 I 1 sfa x 4 10.63 13.25 10.25 1205.173 0.7 3 2.63 11.4 21.60''''''''''''''''''''''''''''82.169251 sus 216.0 25'17 55968 42 ._ 2..; M16x 101 270 337 260 257 67 5.2 8 8.625 365 21326 0.17 I 5/8 x 4 10.88 10.25 11'43373.11533-!-: 313 2.50 11.4 200 219.1 1620 94863 4.32 2 M16x101 276 260 33 64 5.2 10 0750 2129 025 � 6�1x 5i132303225.276- 335 F-. 1713 f 2.75 22.6 ".••/,-X50.. ,..,',273• .0 2 435 70 10.3 . E16$ 121121 6,4 � 1t �165 ( l'-'-',---.11;43347'8,;':-1_,;', _.337 12 I 12.750 l 300 38303 0.25 • '/a x 6'h 16.00 19.00 15.50 149.13 2.75 27.6 300 i 323.9 . 2068 170380 6.4 2 M.22 x 165 406 483 394 486 70 12.5 3 Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based.on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. L - - The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layer d purposes only Firer prk F7 TM rnuplings are considerer)rigin rnnnections and win not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling FireLock EZTM couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop.For FireLock EZTM Style 009N couplings,use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the"EZ"marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the"QV EZ"marking on the inside face.Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N couplings.IMPORTANT:Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N coupling.There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of Flushseal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems FireLock EZT" couplings are supplied with FireLock EZTM Grade"E"Type A gaskets.These gaskets include an integral pipe stop,that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems.It should be noted that standard Victaulic Flush-SealTM gaskets are not compatible and cannot be used with the FireLock EZTM couplings. • • 10.64 7072 Rev J Updated 04/2017 ©2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. jctaulice victaulic,co 3 a , victaullc.com ___.....___.._.....__........_._............._.. • 5.0 PERFORMANCE6 Listings/Approval The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Nominal Size cULus" FM i Vds LPCB Sch. 5 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 5 Sch. 10 Sch.40 inches psi psi psi psi psi psi ? psi ( psi mm kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa 1% 232 365„ 365 175 ;,' 363 363 363 363 32 1600 2511 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 11/2 232 365 365 175 363 ._..__. __. 363 363 363 40 1600 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 2 363 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 50 2502 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 Mu ` 21/2 N/A 365 365 175 363 363 363 i 363 65 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 76.1 mm N/A 256fi N/A N/A 363'7 N/A 363 363 2502 2500 f 2500 3 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 80 N/A... 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 4 365 365 175 363 363 N/A 363 363 100 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502I 2500 ._._. 2500 108.0mm N/A N/A N/A 175 363 363 N/A N/A • 1205 2502 2502 5 N/A 290 365 363 363 232 125 2000 2517 N/A 2502 2502 1600 NIA9`. 133.0mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363' N/A N/A N/A 25027 139.7mm N/A 232` A; 2908 N/A N/A 363' 2000 25027 N/A 1600 ,, 159.0mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363' N/A N/A N/A 25027 9 165.1 mm N/A 20 O9N/A N/A N/A 3637 N/A 2502h, .' N/A 6 290 365 363 363 232 150 2000 2517 N/A 2502 2502 1600 N/A 216.0mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 36377 N/A N/A N/A 2502 8 N/A 290 365 363 363 232 200 2000 2517 N1A 2502 2502 1600 N/A _ 216.0mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363' 25027 N/A N/A N/A 8 290 363 363 • 232 365 200 N/A 2000 2517 N/A 2502 2502 1600 N/A 10 300 300 �._. N/A 300 300 N/A N/A 250 2068 2068 N/A . 2068 2068 12 N/A 20680 i 300 is 2068300 N/A E 300 N/A N/A I __ .m.__.__ 1724250 2068 5 Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems(>—40°F/-40°C)for continuous use in freezing conditions,use of Style 005H Coupling with Silicone Gasket is recommended. Please see the Victaulic instalaior:Manual 1-009N/009H for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 6 cULus listed for DIN 2458 2.6 mm pipe wall. 7 FM approved for BS 1387 Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 8 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. '° cUL listed to 250 psi. 11 With optional stainless steel fasteners,cULus Listed to 175psi.The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of"316”on the end face of the bolt. Pipe Size Pressure RatingPipe Size Pressure Rating Pipe Size Pressure Rating , cULus FM cULus FM cULus FM inches psi psi inches • psi psi inches psi i psi 6. kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa 300 365 EZT 1'/a 2 300 365 MT 1 Ya 2 300 365 BLT 1!a 2 2068 2517 2068 2517 2068 2517 DF 1'/4-4 300 365 FF 1 Ya 4 206$ 256 MLT 1 Y4-2 N/A 365 2068 2517 2517 365 27: 365 ST 1'/a 2 N/A 365 DT 1'14 2577 .. ,. FLF 1 _v N/A 2517 2517 . EF 1'/4-4 175 175 FLT 1'/4-2 N/A 365 STF 1'/a-4 N/A 365 1206 1206 2517 . 300 365 FLTL 11/4--2 N/A 365 TF 21 251 4 N/A 3657 EL 1 14 2 2068 2517 2517 2517 300 365300 365 WLS 1'/a 2 300 365 ET40 1'/a 2 2068 2517 GL 11/4-2 • 2068 2517 2068 2517 300 365300 365 WST 1 Y4 2 N/A 365 EZF 3 4k 2068 2517' ME lla 4 2068 2517 2517 Ya 2 300 365 XL 1 2068 2517 NOTES • BLT=BLT steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube&Conduit Corp. • DF=DYNA-FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube&Conduit Corp. • DT=DYNA-FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube&Conduit Corp. • EF=EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EL=EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ET40=Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • EZF=EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. • EZT=EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FF=Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • FLF=Fire-Line Flow steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. • FLT=Fire-Line Threadable steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. • FLTL=Fire-Line Threadable Light steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. • GL=GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF=Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MT=Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MLT=MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co • ST=STD wall pipe in accordance with ASTM A53. • STF=Steady Flow steel pipe manufactured by AMS Tube Corp. • TF=Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • WLS=WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • WST=WST steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Company. • XL=XL steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube&Conduit Corp. • • 10.64 7072 Rev J Updated 04/2017 ©2017 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.cam 5 V%taulic --.....-_au...- ___ �... . victaulic.com • 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS • Not applicable—contact Victaulic with any questions. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01'Seal Selection Guild i-009N1009N: Installation Instructions FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability • Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of NoteThis product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safety,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation guide,or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Warranty under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. • Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving x\14, \a� light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with WVictaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or Exaggerated for clarity property damage. Approvals/Listings ® ' LPCB ED4 vd - NOTICE • Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered See Victaulic pub!.cation 10.01 for details separately. They are identified by a silver color and See Victaulic pl.hhcatior 02.06 for portable water approvals if applicable. the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. Product Description Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes, the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe, please reference publication .17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads. When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding roll grooving stainless steel, refer to publication 17.01. Engineer - _ _ Job/Owner .__........_ System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved � I Submitted By Date Date victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 jctaulad victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Material Specifications Housing: Bolts/Nuts: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and is available upon special request. physical requirements of ASTM A-183 Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel. i_,,. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice') NOTE:Additional gasket styles are available.Contact Victaulic for details. El Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range—30"F to +230"F/-34"C to +110"C. May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73"F/+23"C and hot+180"F/+82"C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range 20"F to +180"F/29"C to+82"C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not compatible for hot water services over +150"F/+66"C or for hot dry air over+140"F/+6O"C. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only.It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible.Reference should always be made to the latest Vicitaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Y > Z_01 1�1� 7:jik___v Actual i Maximum 1 Maximum Allow. I Dimensions Approx. Weight Nominal Outside Working End . Pipe End Deflection from g Size Diameter ;Pressure 2 Load 2 Separation;? Centerline; Bolt/Nuts X Y Z Each Pipe inches inches psi lbs. inches Per Cplg. inches/ft. inches inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm 1 Degrees mm/m ,(No.)size inches mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.06 0.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 0-1.6 2 43' 48 2-'/a x 2 61 108 45 0 6 25 33.4 3450 3025 ____I__.__ _.._ 1 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 0.45 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 1 32 42.2 3450 ! 4805 0-1.6 I 2 10' 38 2-/8 x 2 __.1 ... . ..._......_. 3 68 117 45 0 6 1 Y2 1.900 500 1420 0-0.06 040 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 i 1 56 33 2 3/s x 2 74 122 45 0.6 2 ! 2.375 500 2215 0-0.06 1 -31' i 0.32 2-3/8x 2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 I 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 26 .._ ........ 133 48 0 8 87 2' 2.875 500 3245 0-0.06 i 1 -15 1 0.26 2-3/e x 2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 1 3450 14440 ; 0-1.6 ' j 22 98 144 48 0.9 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 1 -12' 0.26 2-3/8)(2 4.00 5.90 7 1.88 j 1.9 76.1 mm 102 150 1 48 0.9 76.1 3450 15730 , 0-1.6 22 _ • 3 3500 500 4800 0-0.06 1 _2, 1 0.22 _ �_ 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 18 2-1hx23/a ( 114 178 48 1.3 31h 4.000 500 6300 0-0.06 : 0 54' 0,169 2-1h x 2 3/a 5.00 750 1.88 28035 0-1.6 127 191 48 13 90 101.6 3450 -- • 4 4.500 500 7950 0-0.13 i 0.34 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 1 -35 2 1/z x 2 3/a 147 204 54 1.9 35380 0-3.2 28 ...._ __. _- 5 55 7 79 2.13 3 7 1 6380 0-0.13 0 35 108.0 mm 4.250 450 1 __ ...... 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 1 41 i 29 2-12 x 70 141 198 54 41h 5.000 450 i 8820 0-0.13 0.25 1 26 2-5/8x3'/a 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 21 240 254 2 5 613 : 120 156 5 5.563 1 450 10935 1 0-0.13 0.27 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 _.... ... 2-5/8x31/a 1 18' 175 256 54 2 6 125 1413 3100 48660 0-32 23 5.250 i 450 9735 i 0-0.13 ' 1 0.28 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 mm 1 -21' , 2-16 x 82.5 166 238 54 2 7 133.0 3100 43325 0-3 2 24 5.500 i 450 10665 0-0.13 0.4 6.80 9.59 2.13 6 3 : 139.7 mm' 1 18' k 2-/8x3/a 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 173 244 54 2.9.... 6.000 ' 450 12735 0-0.1310 48 ; 1.88 6 2 021 2-5/8x31/a I 738 152.4 mm 152.4 3100 56670 0-3 2 18 1 12' t .. 187 266 • 6 6.625 1 450 15525 I 0-0.13 1 1 5 0.23 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.22-3/4x31/4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 3 1 1.8................:..............._........................._..........._.................20._._...... 450 13800 ` 0-0.13 024 7.63 10 419 2.13 6.8 6.250 1 -9 1 2-16 x 82.5 159.0 mm 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 194 i 266 54 3.1 • • 8 ( 8.625 1 450 26280 1 0-0.13 0 50' 0.18 2- x4 8/a 1/8 ' 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4 L. 200 219.1 3100 116945 i 0-3.2 14 263 355 59 ) 5.6 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures shop' - : ". -' r"I" . . standard rot-si -.r..j�.- Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled.These figures are maximums;for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50%for 3/4-3 1/2720-90 mm;25%for 47100 mm and larger. 4 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. General Notes Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request.Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11 times the figures shown. 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. rctaul� victaulic.com 3 ct _` • victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 • • • • • ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 100 kklakAc Field i ill ir;n I r iocb.for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard on our website at www.victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic®is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. Victaulic Mechanical-T®Outlet provides a direct branch connection at any location a hole can .. be cut in pipe.The hole is cut oversize to receive a "holefinder" locating collar which secures the outlet in position permanently. A pressure responsive gasket seals on the pipe O.D. 'a Cross-type connections can be achieved by utilizing two upper housings of the same style and size,with the same or differing branch size connections. NOTE:Style 920 and Style 920N .` housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve a cross connection. \ Style 920 and Style 920N Mechanical-T outlets are available with grooved or female threaded STYLES 920 AND 920N STYLE 920 CROSS outlet. Specify choice on order. Units are supplied painted with plated bolts.Galvanized hous- PATENTED ings are available,supplied with plated bolts. All sizes of Style 920 and 920N are rated at 500 psi/3450kPa working pressure on Schedule 10 and 40 carbon steel pipe.They may also be used on high density polyethylene or poly- butylene(HDPE)pipe. Pressure ratings on HDPE are dependent on the pipe rating. Contact Victaulic for ratings on other pipe.Style 920 and 920N are not recommended for use on PVC plastic pipe. Standard piping practices dictate that the Mechanical-T Styles 920 and 920N must be installed so that the main and branch connections are a true 90°angle when permanently attached to the pipeline surface. Additionally,the Vic-Tap II®hole cutting tool,which allows for hole cutting capabilities on pressurized systems,utilizes the Style 920 Mechanical-T in conjunction with the Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve to create the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit.See page 8 for further information. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing/Coating: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12,with orange enamel coating. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (Specify choice*) • Grade"E"EPDM EPDM (Green color code).Temperature range—30°F to+230°F/-34°C to+110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold+86°F/+30°C and hot+180°F/+82°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. • Grade"T"nitrile Nitrile(Orange color code).Temperature range—20°F to+180°F/-29°C to+82°C. Recommended for petroleum products,air with oil vapors,vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over+150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over+140°F/+60°C. *Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 1'19 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com jctaulic° VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV M )11R2_I , CAON ST: L PIPE• HOLO UT PRODUCTS 11.02 ' Tru-') Bolted Bra ch Outlets �: STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS Style Max.Work I Approx. Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each r�r � rl• Y > < -z €Y a4mm r twil mm ., mmA kg kg �� 2 x '/z(a)a 920N 500 1.50 2.00 2.53 n 1.61 5.35 2.75 31 50 15 3450 38.1 51 64 41 136 70 15 7r.. �1 an 1 (2--1_1! r r�l 3a(a)a 500 1.50 1.97 2.53 1.61 5.35 2 75 31 920N _ -- -.�� 20 3450 38.1 50 64 41 136 70 1 5 ... 1 (a)n 920N 500 1.50 1.85 2.53 1.61 5.35 2 75 3.0 .1-s::-Li 25 3450 38.1 47 64 41 136 70 1.4 ...........__.. P/4(a)trf 920N 500 1.75 2.05 2.75 3.00 1.61 5.35 3.00 3.5 3.2 GROOVED OUTLET 32 3450 44.5 52 70 76 41 136 76 1.7 1.5 11/2(a)to 920N 500 1.75 2.03 2.75 3.12 1.61 5.35 3 25 3.6 3.2 40 I;(1 3450 44.5 52 70 79 41 136 83 1.7 1.5 Y ' 4 74" 221/2x 1(a)§ 920N 500 1.50 2.21 2.74 1.82 5.64 : 2.75 3.0 65 15 3450 38.1 56 70 46 143 70 1.4 V 3/4(a)§n; 920N 500 1.50 218 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 lil Biu T 20 I 3450 38.1 55 70 46 143 70 1.4 ' 1(a)§n ' 500 130 2 06 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 2.9 � �� 25 920N 3450 38.1 52 70 46 1.6 70 14 �_ W 11/4 t(a)a 920N 500 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2 32 ` 3450 44.5 58 76 83 46 160 76 1.7 15 i%z t(a)ni 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.26 3.25 3.6 33 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 40 1 920N - 3450 50.8 58 76 83 46 159 83 1.7 1.6 ' 76.1 x (a) 920N 300 1.50 2.22 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.9 15 2065 38.1 56 70 57 164 81 1.8 - • Provides a direct branch connection at 2 3/a(a) 300 1.50 2.19 2.75 2.25 6.46 318 - 3.9 any location where a hole can be cut 20 , ; 920N 2065 38.1 56 70 57 164 81 1.8 In the pipe 1(a) 920N 300 1.50 2.07 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.8 25 a 2065 381 53 70 57 164 81 1.7 - • A pressure responsive gasket provides i1/4(a)a 920N 500 1.75 2.30 3.00 331 1.92 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2 the Seal 32 _ 3450 44.5 58 76 84 49 160 I 76 1.6 1.5 1 k(a)a i 920N 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.31 1.92 6.29 3.25 3.5 3.3 • Request Publication 11.03 for 40 3450 50.8 58 76 84 49 160 83 1.6 13 Mechanical-T cross assemblies 3 /2(a)II j 500 50 2.52 3.05 _ 2.28 6.15 275 3.4 80 x 15 920N 3450 38.1 64 78 58 156 70 1.6 • Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa '/4(a)❑ f 500 1.50 2.49 3.05 2.28 6.15 z.75 3.4 on steel pipe; also available for use20 920N 3450 38.1 63 78 - 58 156 " 70 1.6 With HDPE pipe 1(a) 920N 500 150 2.38 3.06 _. 2.28 6.15 2.75 31..63 25 3450 38.1 61 78 58 156 70 • Sizes from 2 x 1/2"/50 x 15mm 11/4(a)-to' 920N 500 1.75 2.55 3.25 3.56 2.28 6.15 300 3.8 17 through 8 x 4'/200 x 100mm 32(b) 3450 44.5 65 83 90 58 156 76 1.8 1.8 11/2(a)3 920N o ._. 500 2 00 2.78 3.50 3.56 2.28 6.15 3.25 4.1 3.8 40(b) 3450 50 8 71 89 90 58 156 83 1.9 1.8 2(a)❑ 920N 500 2.50 2.75 3.50 3.56 . 2.28 6.75 3.88 4.9 4.6 50 t 3450 63.5 70 89 90 58 172 99 23 21 31/2 500 2.50 3.00 3.75 2.44 6.72 3.88 - 3.8 x 920N 90 50 3450 63.5 76 95 62 171 ! 99 1.8 IMPORTANT NOTES: TABLE CONTINUED ON PG.3 Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be **Center of run to engaged pipe end,female threaded outlet only(dimensions approximate). mated to one another t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet.Specify choice on order. to achieve cross connections. # Center of run to end of fitting. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a)British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed.Specify"BSPT"clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet,specify 21/2"BSPT clearly on order. §Vds approved for fire protection services a LPCB approved for fire protection services 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. DIMENSIONSv Style Max.Work Approx. Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Eaeh ' t ' 1u <- Y > Z > m 1-71. TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 2 4 h(a)n 500 1.50 3.03 3.56 _ 2 69 7.01 2.75 3.7 /tie •"---% Iiu t r-----9-7-911 100 'x 15 920N 3450 38.1 77 90 68 178 70 1.8 3/4(a)❑ 920N 500 1.50 3.00 3.56 _ 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.7 4 20 4 3450 38.1 76 90 68 178 70 1.8 \'' y L 1(a)6 500 1.50 2.88 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.6 r-� 25 920N 3450 38.1 73 90 68 178 70 1.8 GROOVED OUTLET 1'/4(a)t0.. 920N500 1.75 3.08 3.78 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.00 4.0 3.6 32(b) 3450 44.5 78 96 102 68 178 76 1.9 1.8 1,V2(a)t920N 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.25 4.2 3.9 < Y > < z 40(b) 3450 50.8 83 102 102 68 178 83 2.0 1.9 2(a)to 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.88 5.0 4.6 1‘ PR50 920N 3450 63.5 83 102 102 68 178 99 2.3 2.1 V = = T 2' (a)t i 500 2 75 2.88 < 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 5.8 5.0 q�I �� 'mai. T i r�t 1 920 65 3450 69.9 73 102 102 68 186 118 2 6 2.3 >- - 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 6.4 411/411,...)110 1 761 mm 920 3450 69.9 73 102 68 186 118 2 9 3(a)t 500 3.50 3.31 4.50 4.12 2.69 7.73 5.12 8.4 6.4 80 920 3450 88.9 84 114 105 68 196 130 3.8 2.9 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 11/4(a)n 500 1.75 3.08 3.78 _ 2.63 7.64 3.05 5.0 108.0 x 32 920N 3450 44.5 78 96 67 i 194 78 2.3 11/2(a)° 920N 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 _ 2.63 7.64 3.25 5.0 • Provides a direct branch connection at 4050.8 83 102 67 194 83 2.3 3450 any location where a hole can be cut 2(a) 920N 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 _ 2.63 764 4.00 4.0 in the pipe 50 3450 63.5 83 102 67 194 102 1.9 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 4.00 2.63 7.64 4.29 8.0 i 7.8 • A pressure responsive gasket provides 761 mm 920 3450 69.9 73 102 102 67 194 109 3.6 3.5 the seal 38(aa) 920 3450 88.9 84 500 3.50 i 414 114 267 194 124 38 6. 9.5 i .0 • Request Publication 11.03 for zs x 1'/()t .70 3.69 7.4 7.6 920 3450 50.8 4.03 121 4.75 80 246 94 3.4 34 Mechanical-T cross assemblies 4012 2(a)t500 2.50 4.00 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.38 8.2 8.0 • Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa 50 920 3450 63.5 i 102 121 121 80 246 111 3.7 3.6 on steel pipe; also available for use 21/a(a)5920 500 2.75 3.63 4.75 475 3.16 • 9.70 4.63 8.3 7.9 with HDPE pipe 65 3450 69.9 92 i 121 121 80 246 118 3.8 3.6 761 mm 920 500 2.75 375 _ l 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.63 8.0 • Sizes from 2 x /50 x 15 mm 3450 69.9 95 121 80 246 118 3.6 through 8 x 4"/200 x 100 mm 3 80)t 920 3450 88 9 500 3.50 3971 1270 418 80 246 135 5.31 3.4 8.8 3.8 4.0 2 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 _ 3.17 8.00 3.88 8.0 133.0 x 50 920N 3450 63.5 95 114 81 203 99 3 6 3 i 500 3.50 3.81 5.00 3.00 9.46 5.31 8.0 80 920 3450 88.9 97 127 76 240 !, 135 3.6 TABLE CONTINUED ON PG.4 IMPORTANT NOTES: **Center of run to engaged pipe end,female threaded outlet only(dimensions approximate). Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet.Specify choice on order. mated to one another # Center of run to end of fitting. to achieve cross connections. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. f�See page 7 for Fire Prutedion approvals and pressure ratings. (a)British Standard female pipe threaded outlet isavailable as listed.Specify"BSPT"clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet,specify 2/2 BSPT clearly on order. §Vds approved for fire protection services n LPCB approved for fire protection services 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. www.victaulic.com \/Ctaulace VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. '° --,,"`' REV M 11.02 CARBON STEEL PIPE- HOLECUT PRODUCTS 1 1.02 Mer ' anical-T - Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS Style Max.Work Approx. Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each ill I - a .., x£ Z9'YNZL ,.��3 acs ism TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3 �� ��8�� 139.7 x 1 1/2 t 920N 500 2.00 3.78 4.50 _ 3.30 8.23 3 25 7.0 iii �� iris i r[]I l 40 3450 50.8 96 114 84 209 83 3 2 :�-\4/1/' 2 t , 920N 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 _ 3.30 8.23 3 88 9.0 50 3450 63.5 95 114 84 209 99 4.1 y6 12 b) 500 1.75 443 5.13 5.13 3.79 915 3.25 5.1 4.8 150 x 32(b) 920N 3450 44.5 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.3 2.2 GROOVED OUTLET 1/2(a)to 920N 500 2.00 4.40 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 I 3.25 5.4 5.1 40(b) 3450 50.8 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.4 2.3 2(a)to` 500 2 50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.88 6.0 5.6 < Y N. r Z-> 50 j 920N 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 232 99 2.7 2.5 t PR 2/' 920 S00 2.75 4.01 5.13 5.12 3.69 10.51 4.63 8.3 7.6 65 3450 69.9 110 130 130 94 267 118 3.8 3.4 V 11111111rP, � sit' I i 11 l 761 mm 920 500 2.75 415 5.21 3.69 10.51 4.63 8.4 3450 69.9 105 132 94 267 118 - 3 8 3(a)t s 920 500 350 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.69 10.51 5.31 99 8.4 W I •I 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 94 267 135 4.5 3.8 1�1 4(a)to 1 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.69 10.51 6.25 10.1 10.1 100 920 3450 114.3 97 146 137 94 267 . 159 4.6 4.6 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET ------ .-- 159.0 x 11/2 (a) 920N 500 2.00 4.41 5.13 _ 3.63 9.40 3.25 7.8 40 3450 50.8 112 . 130 92 239 83 3.5 2(a) 920N 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 3.63 9.40 3.88 8.0 • Provides a direct branch connection at 50 3450 63.5 111 130 92 239 99 3.6 any location where a hole can be cut .1_ 5 761 mm i 920 500 2.75 4.38 5 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 4.63 9.5 9.5 in the pipe , 3450 69.9 111 140 130 92 239 118 4.3 4.3 3 i 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 5.31 8.1 14.0 • A pressure responsive gasket provides 80 j 920 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 239 135 3.7 6.4 the seal 108.0mmi 920 500 , 4.50 4.45 _ 5.38 3.63 9.40 6.12 10.0 E 3450 114.3 113 137 92 239 155 4.5 • Request Publication 11.03 for 4 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 _ 3.63 9.40 6.25 18.0 Mechanical-T cross assemblies 100 l 920 3450 114.3 96.80 146 92 239 159 8.2 TABLE CONTINUED ON PG.5 • Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa * * Center of run to engaged pipe end,female threaded outlet only(dimensions approximate). on steel pipe; also available for use t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet.Specify choice on order. With HDPE pipe t Center of run to end of fitting. • Sizes from 2 x 1/750 x 15 mm # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. through 8 x 47200 x 100 mm @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a)British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed.Specify"BSPT"clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet,specify 21/2"BSPT clearly on order. §Vds approved for fire protection services ❑LPCB approved for fire protection services IMPORTANT NOTES: 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to one another to achieve cross connections. DIMENSIONS i ' Style Max.Work Approx. Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each Y . . Z1 Z TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 4 � 1 500 1.50 3.88 4.56 3.79 9.34 2.75 8.0 V 165.1,x 920N �`- �� wu � I[�I 25 3450 38.1 99 116 96 237 70 3 6 1 Ya 920N 500 1.75 4.43 5.13 - 3.79 9.34 3 25 8 4 F T 32 3450 44.5 113 130 96 237 83 3 8 _..._. 14 y I�I L 1'/z(a)to; 920N 500 2.00 4.41 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4 5.4 � 40 3450 50.8 112 130 130 96 237 83 3.8 2.4 GROOVED OUTLET 2(a)t , 920N 500 2 50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.88 8.5 6.0 50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 237 99 3.9 2.7 500 275 4.01 513 5.21 3.63 10.51 4.63 8.6 7.6 761 mm, 920 3450 69.9 110 130 132 92 267 118 3.9 3.4 < Y > < Z > 3(a)t 0920 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3 63 10.51 5 31 10.2 8 4 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 267 135 4.6 3.8 V be r•-`• Bid T 4(a)to 920 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.63 10.51 6 25 10.5 8 4 100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 92 267 159 4.8 3.8 i F>- ��- 8 x 2(a)t 920 500 14. 5.44 6.19 6.25137 4.81 12.42 4.50159 11 6 11.6 y I 200 50 3450 69.9 138 157 159 122 316 114 5.3 5.3 J� 1 _ 21/2(a)t i 920 500 2.75 5.07 6.19 6.19 4.81 12 42 4.50 11.6 11.6 65 '! 3450 69.9 129 ! 157 157 122 316 114 5.3 5.3 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET I 500 2.75 5.25 6.25 4.81 1242 4.56 11.6 76.1 mm a 920 3450 69.9 133 159 122 316 116 5.3 3(a)to 500 3.50 5.31 6.50 650 4.81 12 42 5.31 12 6 11.6 5.7 5.3 920 any location where a hole can be cut 4(a)to 920 500 4.50 4.81 6.75 6.38 4.81 1242 6.25 15.3 12.5 in the pipe 100 3450 114.3 ! 122 171 162 122 316 159 6.9 5.7 **Center of run to engaged pipe end,female threaded outlet only(dimensions approximate). • A pressure responsive gasket provides t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet.Specify choice on order. the seal t Center of run to end of fitting. • Request Publication 11.03 for # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. Mechanical-T cross assemblies @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings.' • Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450kPa (a)British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed.Specify"BSPT"clearly on order. on steel pipe; also available for use (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet,specify 21/2'BSPT clearly on order. with HDPE pipe §Vds approved for fire protection services ❑LPCB approved for fire protection services • Sizes from 2 x 1/2"/50 x 15 mm 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. through 8 x 4'/200 x 100 mm IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to eachether to achieve cross connections. www.victaulic.com \iCtauliC° VICTAULIC ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.W 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV M t. .C2-0 I CARBON STEEL PIPE- HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N FLOW DATA Flow test data has shown that the total head loss between point(1)and (2)for the Style 920,920N and 929 Mechanical-T®fittings can best be expressed in terms of the pressure difference across the inlet and branch.The pressure difference can be obtained from the relationship below. Cv and Kv Values Values for flow of water at+60°F/+16°C are shown in the table below. Formulas for Cv/K,Values: 4P = Q� Where: 4P = Q Where: /1'1� C 2 Q=Flow(GPM) K Q=Flow(m3/h) _______� DP=Pressure Drop(psi) Q = C x DP C =Flow Coefficient Q = K x pp AP=Pressure Drop(bar) K =Flow Coefficient Exaggerated for clarity Equivalent Length of Outlet.Size Schedule 40 Carbon Steel Pipe (per UL 213,Sec.16) OUTLET SIZE (C=120)1 FT C/K Values si'>Y Fr : v v i/ 0.840 _ 11 15 21.3 •� 2 9.4 3/ 1.050 16 4 20 267 137 ____.......... 1 1.315 • 21 . 8 25 33/ 1.8 1'l4 1.660 5 1/2fi 50 48 32 42.7 42.9 41.1 1'1 1.900 11 11 53 53 40 _._ 98.3 45.4 45.4 2 2.375 9 10 k 112 104 50 60.3 96 89.1 2/ 2.875 20 12'/2 119 150 65 73.0 102 128.5 76.1 mm 3.000 16* 161 76.1 138.1 3 3.500 14 15'I 249 237 80 88 9 213.4 203.1 4 , 4.500 20 22 421 401 100 114.3 360.8 343.6 I Hazen-Williams coefficient of friction is 120. *Pipe with a wall thickness of 0.165in./4.2mm. FIRE PROTECTION APPROVALS , R. AND PRESSURE RATINGS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. I Approval Agency Run Size Outlet Size Pipe Rated Working Pressures-psi/kPa ,, ,.„...yftlitlit—q."„fr;°I. .,:i.•.N„,r0,4,',4*4,45,;:,.\.,151",."==";';••'' ..: '''';',.h. at.':,,',„:;',•.,' „ , ......rAn,,,,„,.... ,4.4100,,,,„1 i •••.: ..,,,,,,,,..•, Vittp,.,, ,irli,,,,,,;,;,:..h. „3 21/2 6 2.875-6.625 All 10,40 400 400 400 290 232 362 65-150 73.0-168.3 2755 2755 2755 1999 1599 2496 21/2 4 2.875-4.500 AllDF 300 300 300 290 232 362 65-100 I 73.0-114.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 .......... 21/2 4 2.875-4.500 All SF 300 300 300 290 232 362 65 100 , 73.0-114.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 6 6.625 3,4 10 300 300 250 290 232 362 150 168.3 2065 2065 1724 1999 1599 2496 6 6.625 3,4 30,40 300 300 300 290 232 362 150 168.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 8 I 8.625 145 21/2 10 40 400 — — 200 219.1 2755 1000 8 8.625 3,4 10 300 250 — 145 200 219.1 2065 1724 1000 8 8.625 145 3,4 30,40 300 300 200 2191 2065 2065 1000 NOTES: 10 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 10 steel sprinkler pipe. 40 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 40 steel sprinkler pipe. DF refers to Listed/Approved Dyna-Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company. SF refers to Listed/Approved Super-Flo steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. VIC-TAP II HOLE CUTTING TOOL FOR The Vic-Tap II hole cutting tool is designed for use with the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit, 4 -8"/100- 200 MM CARBON STEEL PIPE which is a combination of the Style 920 Mechanical-T and Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve.The Vic-Tap II is capable of tapping into carbon steel pipe systems under pressures up to 500 psi/3450 kPa. The Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit is a full port ball valve which can be mounted on 4'/100 mm, 5'7125mm,6"/150mm and 8'/200 mm diameter pipe.The Style 931 comes with a 21/2"/65mm grooved outlet. .:. The drill motor is an electric motor with ground fault circuit interrupter(GFCI) in accordance with safety codes. For more information, refer to publication 24.01. " www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ---, U— REV M 1.03 7 A 4 ?' hiric 711) Belted Brandt- STYLES 920 AND 920N INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. The Style 922 Outlet-T provides a convenient method of incorporating 1/2, 3/4,and 1'/15,20 and 25mm outlets for directly connecting sprinklers,drop nipples,sprigs,gauges,drains and y other outlet products. Available for 11/4 through 76.1 mm/32 to 76.1 mm piping systems,Style ,, '. 922 outlets are UL/ULC Listed, LPCB and FM Approved for branch connections and VdS Approved for direct sprinkler connection only on wet and dry systems. The locating collar engages into the hole prepared in the pipe.When tightened,the assembly g compresses the gasket onto the OD of the pipe.The Style 922 Outlet-T is UL/FM rated up .H a: to 300 psi/2068 kPa and VdS rated up to 16 bar at the ambient temperatures typical for fire protection systems. Style 922 is suitable for use on standard, lightwall,Schedule 5 and other specialty pipes.* Contact Victaulic for other optional coatings. *Consult Section 10.01 for specific listings/approvals. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Gasket: • Grade"E"EPDM -Type A (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry(oil free air)sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the Grade"E"Type A Gasket System. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. Housing Coating: • Orange enamel (North America, Latin America,Asia Pacific) • Red enamel (Europe) JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com ‘iptaulic° VICTAULIC ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10,52 I PS CARBON TEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 10.52 Li, Y) O ulet STYLE 922 DIMENSIONS Nominal Size Hole Approx. inches/mm Diameter Dimensions-inches/millimeters Weight Each j; Y ti. 1 OMR1�/ Y 1 3/16 1.30 1.83 1.10 3.87 2.56 1 0 1 32 X 5 30 2 33.0 46.5 27.9 98 3 65.0 0.45 1 i��_ �. T 14 13/16 1.28 1.83 1.10 3.87 2.56 1.1 1 JJ� 20 30.2 32.5 46.5 27.9 98.3 65.0 0.50 '� iW til 1 13/16 1.52 2.18 1.10 3.87 2.56 1.2 ('VI 25 . 302 38.6 55.4 27.9 98.3 65.0 0.54 1'h X 1 13/16 1.42 1.95 1.22 4.08 2.56 1.2 40 15 30.2 36.1 49.5 31.0 103.6 65.0 0.54 34 1 3/16 1.40 1.95 1.22 4.08 2.56 1.2 20 30 2 35.6 49.5 31.0 103.6 65.0 0.54 1 1 3/16 1.64 2.30 1.22 4.08 2.56 1.3 25 30.2 41.7 58.4 31.0 103.6 65.0 0.59 2 '/z 13/16 1.66 2.19 1.46 4.60 2.56 1.3 50 X 15 ( 30.2 42.2 55.6 37.1 116.8 65.0 0.59 3/4 13/16 1.64 2.19 1.46 4.60 2.56 - 1.4 20 ; 30.2 41.7 55.6 37.1 116.8 65.0 0.64 1 13/16 1.88 2.54 1.46 4.60 2.56 1.5 25 30.2 47.8 64.5 37.1 116.8 65.0 0.68 X 21/2h 1 3/16 1.91 2.44 1.71 5.40 2.56 1.6 65 15 30 2 48.5 62.0 43.4 137.2 65.0 0.73 34 1 3/16 1.89 2.44 1.71 5.40 2.56 1.6 20 30.2 48.0 62.0 43.4 137.2 65.0 0.73 1 13/16 2.13 2.79 1.71 5.40 2.56 1.6 25 30.2 54.1 70.9 43.4 137.2 65.0 0.73 76.1 mm X 1/2 13/16 1.91 2.44 1.71 5.50 2.56 1.6 15 30.2 48.5 62.0 43.4 139.7 65.0 0.73 3/4 1 3/16 1.89 2.44 1.71 5.50 2.56 1.6 20 30.2 48.0 62.0 43.4 139.7 65.0 0.73 - 1 1 3/16 2.13 2.79 1.71 5.50 2.56 1.7 25 E 30.2 54.1 70.9 43.4 139.7 65.0 0.80 t Victaulic female threaded products are designed to accommodate standard NPT or BSPT(optional) male pipe threads only.Use of male threaded products with special features,such as probes,dry pen- dent sprinklers,etc.,should be verified as suitable for use with this Victaulic product.Failure to verify suitability in advance may result in assembly problems or leakage. *Center of run to engaged pipe end for NPT threads(dimensions are approximate). PERFORMANCE 4 A Equivalent.Length of 1 inch Schedule 40 Steel Pipe(per UL Run Size x Outlet Size 213,Section 16)(C=120)*,FT 7:77r - 7.7FP:27:7P 773 1'/a 1 8.5 32 X 25 2.6 1/z 1 8.5 40 X 25 2.6 2 1 8.5 50 X 25 2.6 2'/z1 8.5 65 25 2.6 76.1 mm X 1 8.5 25 2.6 *Hazen-Williams coefficient of friction is 120 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. jctaulie REV G i0.52 3 / STYLE 922 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Threaded Accessories 83205 - Threaded Rod (right-hand threads - both ends) „...„ „---- 832051 - Threaded Rod (right& left hand threads) ,,„----- TL Specify Length < Size Range: 3/8'-16 thru 3"-4 rod 2,lior Material: Steel ,<-- , Function: Recommended for use as a hanger support in hanger assemblies. TL Rod is threaded on both ends with right hand threads of the length shown. Also -e..." •\:',. )1' A available with left and right hand threads-specify Fig. B3205L when ordering. '(`,7 -•J _Thread Size ..- Maximum Temperature: 750°F (yJa'c.) .... .-- Finish: Plain. Contact custorner service for alternative finishes and materials ‘,..,.. ., Order By: Part number, rod size, length and finish Standard Design Load Thread Size Thread Length TL 650°F(343°C) 750°F(399°C) Part No. A in. (mm) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) 133205-3/s x'U 3/e-16 21/2 (53.5) 730 (325) 572 (2.54) 83205-1/2 x 1' 1/2"-13 21/2' (63.5) 1350 (6.001 1057 (4.70) 133205-5/n x'I' 5/8%11 21/2' (63.5) 2160 (9.61) 1692 (7.52) 83205-3/4 x'I' 3/4%10 3" (76.2) 3230 (14.37) 2530 (11.25) 133205-7/s x'U 7/8%9 31/2 (88.9) 4480 (19.93) 3508 (15.60) B3205-1 x"U 1"-8 4' (101.6) 5900 (26.24) 4620 (20.55) B3205-11/8 x I. 11/e-7 41/2'' (1143) 7450 (33.14) 5830 (25.93) 83205-11/4 x'L° 11/4-7 5" (127.0) 9500 (42.25) 7440 (33.09) 133205-11/2 x'U 11/2-6 6" (15/4) 13800 (61.38) 10807 (48.07) 133205-13/4 x'L' 13/e-5 7" (177.8) 18600 (82.73) 14566 (64.79) B3205-2 x'U 2'-41/2 8' (203.2) 24600 (109A2) 19625 (87.29) B3205-21/4 x'L' 21/4'-41/2 9' (228.6) 32300 (143.67) 25295 (112.51) 83205-21/2 x'IL' 21/f-4 10" (254.0) 39800 (177.03) 31169 (138.54) 83205-23/4 x'L' 23/e-4 11' (279.4) 49400 (219.73) 38687 (172.08) 83205-3 x'I.' 31-4 12" (304.8) 60100 (267.32) 47066 (209.35) ATR - All Threaded Rod 120" (3.05m) Lengths Fig. 99 - All Threaded Rod Cut To Length Size Range: 3/8"-lb thru 1 V2"-6 rod in 120" 13 05m) lengths or cut to length Material: Steel ‘,0 Maximum Temperature: 750°F 1399°C) 0 Finish: Plain, Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. -0 o el: Order By: Part number, rod diameter and finish in o 0 . 0 Part No.-Size x Length Threads Recommended Load Approx.Wt./100 Ft. AIR Fig.99 Per Inch Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kg) ATR 1/(x 120 99-1/C x length 20 240 (1.071 12 (544) AIR 3/13"x 120 99-3/8"x length 16 730 (3.241 29 (13.15) AIR 1/2-x 120 99-1/e x length 13 1350 (6.00) 53 (24.04) AIR 5/8"x 120 99-5/8"x length 11 2160 (9.60) 89 (40.37) AIR 3/4"x 120 99-3/4"x length 10 3230 (14.37) 123 (55.79) AIR 7/8"x 120 99-7/s"x length 9 4480 (19.93) 170 (77.11) AIR 1"x 120 99-1"x length 8 5900 (26.24) 225 (102.06) ATR 11/8"x 120 99-11/f x length 7 7450 (33.14) 280 (127.01) AIR 11/4"x 120 99-11/4"x length 7 9500 (4/25) 351 (159.21) ATR 11/2"x 120 99-11/2"x length 6 13800 (61.38) 510 (231.33) At dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Pipe Hangers&Supports 238 Eaton .„eZ47/ g§.Z P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afoon.orc 300 RING HANGER ii NEPA 13 uL 1 4YT. 5 WT.*250 TEST PIPE ROD LOAD 1 3,8 30,75 403.75 750 1114 318 43.95 469.75 750 11;2 3!8 54.15 520.75 750 2 3i8 2112 3/8 118.35 841.75 850 3 3/8 162.30 1061 S0 1050 1 thru 4 inch pipe 112&314 inch pipe q grg 246.00 1480.00 1500 LISTED FOR STEEL/CPVC 5 thru 8 Inch pipe 5 112 349 45 1996.75 2000 6 112 476.35 2631.75 2650 8 1!2 711.00 0805.00 4050 SIZE-ROD-3/8"or 1/2" SIZE-SYSTEM PIPE- 1/2" thru 8" MATERIAL-Carbon Steel. FINISH-Mil.Galvanized to G-90 specification. LISTING/APPROVAL- '0'203-EX 2551 1"-8" <0>Approval guide-1"-8" OSHPD OPA-0601 See Website. unto Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-171E type 10,and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69,type 10. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE-650°F. FUNCTION-Pipe component of an AFCON hanger. To support horizontal steel,CPVC or copper pipe. INSTALLATION-Per these instructions including NFPA 13 and the CPVC manufacturers instructions. PIPE A 6 ti 18793 2.52b0 FEATURESlit 1 it4 2.1382 17850 * Sized and listed exclusively for use with#310 Surge Restrainer. r 1 1 1/2 2.2b73 2140 *Band edge is offset for EASY pipe insertion. 13 2 25048 .12518 `4 * Custom fit swivel nut for better retention in ring. .. 2 1'2 7 7500 3 5080 -.. 3 30615 38205 ORDERING-Part#,pipe size. �` 4 3.5625 4325 i + .' V V -- 4.0040 4.3337 c 4 x+250 4707 8 7 5520 84077 9/15 - - 1111111111arill The following excerpt are pages from the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening, Edition 17. Please refer to the publication in its entirety for complete details on this product including data development, product specifications, general suitability, installation, corrosion and spacing and edge distance guidelines. US: http://submittals.us.hilti.com/PTGVol2/ CA: http://submittals.us.hilti.com/FIGVol2CA/ To consult directly with a team member regarding our anchor fastening products, contact Hilti's team of technical support specialists between the hours of 7:00am — 6:00pm CST. US: 877-749-6337 or HNATechnicalServiceshilti.com CA: 1-800-363-4458, ext. 6 or CATechnicalServiceshilti.com Hilti, Inc. 7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000 Plano, TX 75024 1-800-879-8000 www com Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 3.3.7.1 Product description 3.3.7.1 Product description KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I)anchors are Product features 3.3.7.2 Material specifications comprised of a body with an internally 3.3.7.3 Technical data • Suitable for cracked and threaded hex washer head.The anchor uncracked normal-weight 9 3.3.7.4 Installation instructions is manufactured from carbon steel and and lightweight concrete, and is heat treated. It has a minimum 0.0003 lightweight concrete over 3.3.7.5 Design guidelines inch (8 pm)zinc coating in accordance metal deck. 3.3.7.6 Ordering information with DIN EN ISO 4042.The internally • Suitable for seismic and threaded head is larger than the nonseismic loads. diameter of the anchor and is formed • Quick and easy to install. with serrations on the underside.The • Thread design enables quality1 r `'' 4n anchor body is formed with threads setting and exceptional load 4 . x values in wide variet of base ti{ running most of the length of the y material strengths. anchor body.The anchor is installed in • Anchor is fully removable a predrilled hole with a powered impact wrench or torque wrench.The anchor • Anchor size is same as drill bit size. threads cut into the concrete on the ;I: ' • Suitable for reduced edge sides of the hole and interlock with distances and spacing. the base material during installation. Applicable base materials include 3.3.7.2 Material normal weight concrete,structural specificationsES lightweight concrete and lightweight KWIK HUS-EZ I anchors are concrete over metal deck. manufactured from carbon steel. Guide specifications The anchors are bright zinc plated to a minimum thickness of 8 pm. , i Screw anchors shall be KWIK HUS EZ I as supplied by 3.3.7.3 Technical Hilti, Inc.Anchors shall be data manufactured from heat treated 3.3.7.3.1 ACI 318-14 carbon steel material,zinc plated to a Chapter 17 design minimum thickness of 8 pm.Anchors The technical data contained in this Listings/Approvals shall be installed using a drill bit of section are Hilti Simplified Design ICC-ES(International Code Council) same nominal diameter as anchor. Tables. The load values were ESR-3027 City of Los Angeles developed using the design parameters Research Report No.25897 and variables of ESR-3027 and the FM(Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic equations of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Sprinkler Systems for 3/8 internal threaded diameter anchor Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR A ,iyBS11110011111, 3027 are not contained in this section, _ _ ,.. A PPROVED but can be found at www.icc-es.org or Independent code evaluation at www.hilti.com. IBC®/IRC®2015 IBC®/IRC®2012 IBC®/IRC®2009 IBC®/IRC®2006 diameter 111 Setting information Symbol Units 1/4 Nominal bit diameter dbn in. 1/4 -wrench size r Nominal embedmenthnom in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 _ -- da Effective embedment he, in. 1.18 1.92 Minimum hole depth ho in. 2 2-7/8 001 010 ft-lb 18 'mollher boom Installation torque T;nsl (Nm) (24) no Wrench size in. 7/16 4 1 T,,,5 is the maximum installation torque that may be applied with a torque wrench. Pli- 11-13 2 See table 2 and figure 5 of section 3.3.6 for spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness pa- la- dbt-- �. rameters Table 2-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I design strength with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete1'2,3,4,5 Nominal Nominal Tension-cNn Shear-4Vn anchor embed. f'�=2,500 psi f'c=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi f'5=6,000 psi f'o=2,500 psi f'�=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi f'e=6,000 psi diameter depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 585 620 675 765 1,075 1,180 1,360 1,670 (41) (2.6) (2.8) (3.0) (3.4) (4.8) (5.2) (6.0) (7.4) 1/4 2-1/2 1,525 1,670 1,930 2,365 2,235 2,450 2,825 3,460 (64) (6.8) (7.4) (8.6) (10.5) (9.9) (10.9) (12.6) (15.4) Table 3-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete1.2'3'45 Nominal Nominal Tension-(ON, Shear-clVn anchor embed. f'e=2,500 psi f'.=3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi f'e=6,000 psi f'.=2,500 psi f'e=3,000 psi f',=4,000 psi f'.=6,000 psi diameter depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 300 315 345 390 765 835 965 1,180 (41) (1.3) (1.4) (1.5) (1.7) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) 1/4 2-1/2 760 830 960 1,175 1,585 1,735 2,000 2,450 (64) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) (7.1) (7.7) (8.9) (10.9) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 5 and 6 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,A.=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth-am...=0.60 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth-am...,.=0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear. See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 4-Steel design strength for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I anchors1'2 Nominal anchor Nominal internal Tensile3 Shear' Seismic shears diameter thread diameter ON Se (1)\/,„ 4Vsa in. in._ lb(k V) Ib(kN) lb(kN) 1/4-20 3,680 815 365 UNC (16.4) (3.6) (1.6) 1/4 3/8-16 3,680 790 670 UNC (16.4) (3.5) (3.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tension tt)Nsa=cA..Nfaa as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear determined by static tests with Osa<0.6pAsa5 f,na as noted inACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with oV s 0 0.60 A$.5 Tma as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 330 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hiki.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 r . Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 Table 5- Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in uncracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness 1/4-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear' uncracked concrete fAN fRN f AV fRV fRV fHV Embedment in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 hnom (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 : 0.78 0.65.. 0.59 '" 0.56 0.40. 0.21 0.78 0.42 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.33 1.00 0.65 n/a n/a T_ 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.86 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a o 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a o o 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.88 n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a E 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.92 0.98 n/a 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 w3 7 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.84 a 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 1:33 a2i 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 C) Y 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.97 CD s 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 «. 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 . 10 (254) 0.89 o- 11 (279) 0.93 co 12 (305) 0.97 14 (356) 1.00 CMTable 6-Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in cracked concrete12 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness 1/4-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear' cracked concrete fAN fRN 1Av /RN/ fRV fHV Embedment in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 hnor (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.88 0.65' 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 .. 0.80 0.43 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.62 0.33 1.00 0.66 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a co 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.89 n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a E 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.93 0.98 n/a 0o 4-1/8 (1 05) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 m 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.85 '..65. ,.°,35-1/2 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 a c (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 -o c 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.98 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 rn 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 5 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 �n 10 (254) 0.90 11 (279) 0.94 12 (305) 0.98 14 (356) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,fA,,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f =f m. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,fHV,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fHV=1.0. I "I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of section 3.3.6 to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. r 111bLdildlltlil III IUWW IIULI. If151'OdLIi 'I I 1 '1 pi 1 i. - Nominal Tension-ON, Shear-cpVn Tension-ONn Shear-(I)Vn Nominal internal Nominal anchor thread embed. f'.=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f' =4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f' =4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi diameter diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) , in. in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 545 595 610. 610 670 730 610 610 1/4-20 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (2.7) (2.7) (3.0) (3.2) (2.7) (2.7) UNC 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 610 610 1,275 1,470 610 610 (64) (5.4) (6.3) (2.7) (2.7) (5.7) (6.5) (2.7) (2.7) 1/4 1-5/8 545 595 915 915 670 730 915 915 3/8-16 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (4.1) (4.1) (3.0) (3.2) (4.1) (4.1) UNC 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 915 915 1,275 1,470 915 915 (64) (5.4) (6.3) (4.1) (4.1) (5.7) (6.5) (4.1) (4.1) Table 8- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck1'2'3'4'5,ea,8 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-¢Nn Shear-On Tension-ONn Shear-cpVn Nominal internal Nominal anchor thread embed. f'c=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi f'c=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi diameter diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 280 305 610 610 330 360 610 610 1/4-20 (41) (1.2) (1.4) (2.7) (2.7) (1.5) (1.6) (2.7) (2.7) UNC 2-1/2 605 700 610 610 635 735 610 610 (64) (2.7) (3.1) (2.7) (2.7) (2.8) (3.3) (2.7) (2.7) 1/4 1-5/8 280 325 915 915 330 380 915 915 3/8-16 (41) (1.2) (1.4) (4.1) I (4.1) (1.5) (1.7) (4.1) (4.1) UNC 2-1/2 605 700 915 915 635 735 915 915 (64) (2.7) (3.1) (4.1) (4.1) (2.8) (3.3) (4.1) (4.1) 1 See Section 3.1.9.4 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute.Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h,�,(nominal embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary.Tabular Values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for untracked concrete.For seismic loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by aN,...=0.75. 8 For seismic shear,an additional factor must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth-av:. =0.44 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth-a„sns=0.85 See Section 3.1.8.6 for additional information on seismic applications. 332 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 < a Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 Figure 2—Installation of Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I(KH-EZ I)in soffit of concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies Min.3/4" Min.3,000 psi sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete c Upper m flute . (valley) Min.4-1/2" Minimum (typical) 20 gauge steel deck Min.4-1/2" _Anchor Flute edge I VLower (typical) flute Min.1-1/4"---. �— Min.12"(typical) (ridge) 1 Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum concrete cover above the drilled hole is satisfied.Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset int either direction from the center of the flute.The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. 3.3.7.3.2 Canadian Limit State design Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D for post-installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. This section contains the Limit State Design tables with unfactored characteristic loads that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR-3027.These tables are followed by factored resistance tables. The factored resitance tables have characteristic design loads that are prefactored by the applicable reduction factors for a single anchor with no anchor-to-anchor spacing or edge distance adjustments for the convenience of the user of this document.All the figures in the previous ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8.Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at(800)363-4458 or at www.hilti.com. Table 9-Steel resistance for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I r*1 carbon steel screw anchor1•2 Nominal Internal anchor thread Tensile' Shear4 Shears diameter diameter Nsar Vsa Vsa eq in. (UNC) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 3,370 750 335 1/4 1/4-20 (15.0) (3.3) (1.5) 3,370 725 620 1/4 3/8-16 (15.0) (3.2) (2.8) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I carbon steel screw anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile Nsar=A5e N(Ps fsta R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 4 Shear determined by static shear tests with V a,< Os 0.6 f"ta R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with Vsa,..eq<ASe,v(1:i cs R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Design parameter Symbol Units N1_111111101ani4v1 Ulalilel.G1 A23.3-14 Anchor O.D. da in. 1/4 (mm) (6.4) in. 1.18 1.92 Effective embedment2 ha, (mm) (30) (49) in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 Minimum nominal embedment2 h (mm) (41) (64) in. 3-1/4 4-1/8 Minimum concrete thickness hmin (mm) (83) (105) in. 2.00 2.78 Critical edge distance cat (mm) (51) (71) in. 1.5 Minimum spacing at critical edge distance smin,cac (mm) (38) in. 1.50 Minimum edge distance cm;n (mm) (38) in. 3.0 Minimum anchor spacing at minimum edge distance for s> (mm) (76) Mininimum hole depth in concrete h0 in. 2 2-7/8 (mm) (51) (73) psi 125,000 Minimum specified ultimate strength futa 2) (88622)) (N/mm in 0.045 Effective tensile stress area A ae,N (mm2) (29.0) Steel embed.material resistance factor for reinforcement (1)s - 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for tension,steel failure modes3 R - 0.70 D.5.3 Resistance modification factor for shear,steel failure modes3 R - 0.65 D.5.3 lb 3,370 Factored steel resistance in tension Ns.,, D.6.1.2 (kN) (15.0) Ib 750 Factored steel resistance in shear V a 1/4-20 UNC s r (kN) (3.3) D.7.1.2 internal thread lb 335 Factored steel resistance in shear,seismic Vsar,eq (kN) (1.5) Factored steel resistance in shear V r Ib 725 D.7.1.2 3/8-16 UNC sa (kN) (3.2) internal thread lb 620 Factored steel resistance in shear,seismic Usar,ea (kN) (2.8) Coeff.for factored conc.breakout resistance,uncracked concrete ' kc.un0 10 D.6.2.2 Coeff.for factored conc.breakout resistance,cracked concrete kC Or - 7 D.6.2.2 Modification factor for anchor resistance,tension,uncracked conc.4 we N - 1.0 D.6.2.6 Anchor category - - 3 1 D.5.3(c) Concrete material resistance factor (Pe - 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear,concrete failure modes, R - 0.75 1.00 D.5.3(c) Condition B5 lb 665 1645 Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa uncracked concrete6 N�,unw (kN) (3.0) (7 3) D.6.3.2 lb 340 815 Factored-pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete6 Npro N) (1.5) (3.6) D&3.2 lb 275 815 Factored seismic pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete6Npreq (kN) (1.2) (3.6) D.6.3.2 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESR-3027,dated December,2015,tables 2,3,and 4,and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 2 See figure 1 of this section. 3 The KWIK HUS-EZ I is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D section D.2. 4 For all design cases,iy,N=1.0. The appropriate coefficient for breakout resistance for cracked concrete(k0)or uncracked concrete(k u„0,)must be used. 5 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3-14 section D.5.3 is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified,the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 6 For all design cases,Wk P=1.0. NA(not applicable)denotes that this value does not control for design.See section 4.1.4 of ESR-3027 for additional information. 334 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800.879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 Table 11 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure 1+1 in uncracked concrete'•2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V anchor Effective Nominal f's=20 MPa f's=25 MPa f' =30 MPa f' =40 MPa 1' =20 MPa f's=25 MPa f's=30 MPa f's=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1.18 1-5/8 665 710 750 820 805 900 985 1,135 1/4 (30) (41) (3.0) (3.2) (3.3) (3.6) (3.6) (4.0) (4.4) (5.1) 1.92 2-1/2 1,645 1,840 2,015 2,325 2,225 2,490 2,725 3,145 (49) (64) (7.3) (8.2) (9.0) (10.3) (9.9) (11.1) (12.1) (14.0) Table 12- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure 1+1 in cracked concrete1'2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension- N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f' =20 MPa f'.=25 MPa f's=30 MPa f's=40 MPa f s=20 MPa f's=25 MPa f's=30 MPa f' =40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1.18 1-5/8 340 360 385 415 565 630 690 795 1/4 (30) (41) (1.5) (1.6) (1.7) (1.9) (2.5) (2.8) (3.1) (3.5) 1.92 2-1/2 815 915 1,000 1,155 1,560 1,740 1,910 2,205 PI (49) (64) (3.6) (4.1) (4.4) (5.1) (6.9) (7.7) (8.5) (9.8) Ell 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 5 to 6 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 9. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth-aN,5e15=0.60 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth-aN5e15=0.75 . See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. IWmmal installation in lower Twre installation in upper Tlute -- internal Tension-Nr Shear-V, Tension-Nr Shear-V, Nominal thread Nominal anchor diameter embed. f'e=20 MPa f'�=30 MPa f'�=20 MPa f'o=30 MPa f'c=20 MPa f'.=30 MPa f'c=20 MPa f'o=30 MPa diameter in. depth (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) , > in. in.(mm) kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN 1-5/8 585 660 720 810 1/4-20 (41) (2.6) (2.9) 475 475 (3.2) (3.6) 560 560 1/4 UNC 2-1/2 1,200 1,470 (2.1) (2.1) 1,255 1,535 (2.5) (2.5) (64) (5.3) (6.5) (5.6) (6.8) 1-5/8 585 660 720 810 1/4 3UNC 2-/2 1 200 1,470 (5) (2 5) 1 255 1 535 (3.) (3 8) (64) (5.3) (6.5) (5.6) (6.8) Table 14-Hilo KWIK HUS-EZ I in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck1'2'3'4,5'6a,6 lel Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-Nr Shear-V, Tension-Nr Shear-V Nominal internal Nominal anchor thread embed. f'�=20 MPa f',=30 MPa f'c=20 MPa f',=30 MPa f'o=20 MPa f'�=30 MPa f'c=20 MPa f'�=30 MPa diameter diameter depth (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in. in.(mm) kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN 1-5/8 300 340 365 415 1/4-20 (41) (1.3) (1.5) 475 475 (1.6) (1.8) 560 560 1/4 UNC 2-1/2 595 730 (2.1) (2.1) 625 765 (2.5) (2.5) (64) (2.6) (3.2) (2.8) (3.4) 1-5/8 300 340 365 415 3/8-16 (41) (1.3) (1.5) 565 565 (1.6) (1.8) 845 845 1/4 UNC 2-1/2 595 730 (2.5) (2.5) 625 765 (3.8) (3.8) (64) (2.6) (3.2) (2.8) (3.4) 1 See Section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute.Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h,bm(nominal embedment). 4 Tabular value is for lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary.Tabular values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for untracked concrete.For seismic loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by aN,so;s=0.75. 8 For the following anchor sizes,an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: For the 1/4x1-5/8 anchor-O,eis=0.45 For the 1/4x2-1/2 anchor-a„ =0.85 See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 3.3.7.3.3 Allowable stress design for FM sprinkler systems Table 15 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I(KH-EZ)tested bad val l for automatic sprinkler-systems' FM maximum Nominal embedment FM tension test load pipe diameter Hanger rod size in. lb in. 1-5/8 3/8-16 UNC 1,475 4 2-1/2 1 Tested in accordance with FM Approval Standard for Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinklers Systems Class Numbers 1951,1952 and 1953. 336 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hiiti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 • a Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 Table 16-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I(KH-EZ I)allowable stress design values for installations into hollow core concrete panels1,2 Min.effective Allowable load3 Ultimate load embedment he, Hanger rod size in. Tension lb Shear Ib4,5 Tension lb Shear Ib45 1/4-20 UNC 485 1,930 1-3/8 455 1,810 3/8-16 UNC 755 3,025 1 The admissible anchor location must be established to prevent damage to the prestressed cable during the drilling process. Verify the location and height of the cable with the hollow core plank supplier to confirm admissible anchor location. 2 Minimum compressive strength of prestressed concrete is 7,000 psi.Published ultimate loads represent the average results conducted in local base materials. Due to variations in materials and dimensionl configurations,on-site testing is required to determine the actual performance. 3 Allowable loads calculated with a factor of safety of 4 4 The bottom of the shear plane adjacent to the top of the coupler. 5 Shear values controlled by the steel strength of the screws used to fasten the shear fixture to the KH EZ-I Screw Anchor.The minimum tensile strength of the screw was 125 ksi.Shear design values should consider the screw or threaded rod steel strength. Figure 3- Installation of Hilti KWIK HUS—EZ I(KH-EZ I)in hollow core concrete (-- Ill 1 ir Adtttissibta'anchor,location t het ., 1" 1" t 3.3.7.4 Installation instructions Installation Instructions For Use(IFU)are included with each product package.They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com. Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance.Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. 3.3.7.5 Ordering information' Internal thread Internal thread Hole Minimum Description diameter length diameter embedment Qty/box KH-EZ 1/4x1-5/811/4 1/4 3/8 1/4 1-5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4x2-1/21 1/4 1/4 3/8 1/4 2-1 100 KH-EZ 1/4x1-5/813/8 3/8 7/16 1/4 1-5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4x2-1/213/8 3/8 7/16 1/4 2-1/2 100 1 All dimensions in inches. 1111141116111111 The following excerpt are pages from the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening, Edition 17. Please refer to the publication in its entirety for complete details on this product including data development, product specifications, general suitability, installation, corrosion and spacing and edge distance guidelines. US: http://sub ittals.us.hilti.co / T Vol2/ CA: http://submittals.us.hilti.corn/ TGVo12CA/ To consult directly with a team member regarding our anchor fastening products, contact Hilti's team of technical support specialists between the hours of 7:00am — 6:00pm CST. US: 877-749-6337 or ATechnicalServices ,hilti.com CA: 1-800-363-4458, ext. 6 or C TechnicalServices Mhilti,com Hilti, Inc. 7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000 Plano, TX 75024 1-800-879-8000 www.hilti.com Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 3.3.5.1 Product description 3.3.5.1 Product description The KWIK Bolt TZ(KB TZ)is a torque Product features 3.3.5.2 Material specifications controlled expansion anchor which is • Product and length identification 3.3.5.3 Technical data especially suited to seismic and cracked marks facilitate quality control after 3.3.5.4 Installation instructions concrete applications.This anchor line installation. is available in carbon steel,type 304 • Through fixture installation and 3.3.5.5 Ordering information and type 316 stainless steel versions. variable thread lengths improve productivity and accommodate Impact section The anchor diameters range from 3/8-, dog point various base plate thicknesses. 1/2-,5/8-and 3/4-inch in a variety of • Type 316 stainless steel wedges •• lengths.Applicable base materials provide superior performance in include normal-weight concrete, cracked concrete. Nut — structural lightweight concrete, • Ridges on expansion wedges Washer— lightweight concrete over metal deck provide increased reliability. and grout-filled concrete masonry. • Mechanical expansion allows Red Guide specifications immediate load application. mark— • Raised impact section (dog point) Torque controlled expansion anchors prevents thread damage during Anchor_ shall be KWIK Bolt TZ(KB-TZ)supplied installation. thread by Hilti meeting the description in • Bolt meets ductility requirements Federal Specification A-A 1923A,type 4. of ACI 318-14 Section 2.3. The anchor bears a length identification • ACI 349-01 Nuclear Design Guide is available. Call Hilti Technical mark embossed into the impact section Anchor body (dog point)of the anchor surrounded by Support. four embossed notches identifying the anchor as a Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ.Anchors are manufactured to meet one of the Stainless P steel_ following conditions: expansion The carbon steel anchor body, sleeve • (wedges) nut, and washer have an electroplated zinc coating Expansion conforming to ASTM B633 to a cone— minimum thickness of 5 pm.The Listings/Approvals stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to type 316. ICC-ES(International Code Council) ESR-1917, ESR-3785, ESL-1067 • Stainless steel anchor body, nut City of Los Angeles and washer conform to type 304. Research Report No.25701 Stainless steel expansion sleeve Research Report No.26057 conforms to type 316. FM(Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic • Stainless steel anchor body, nut, Sprinkler Systems for 3/8 through 3/4 washer, and expansion sleeve UL LLC conform to type 316 stainless steel. Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services for 3/8 through 3/4 cOusAPPRova) =ED x DB5 c`� PSC Independent code evaluation IBC®/IRC®2015 IBC®/IRC®2012 IBC®/IRC®2009 IBC®/!RC"'2006 arson stee wit e ectroplated zinc Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter Shear Tension (in.) (Ib) (Ib) 3/8 NA 6,744 1/2 7,419 11,240 5/8 11,465 17,535 3/4 17,535 25,853 Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 pm. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion sleeves(wedges)are manufactured from type 316 stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of type 304 or 316 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter Shear Tension (in.) (Ib) (Ib) 3/8 5,058 6,519 1/2 8,543 12,364 5/8 13,938 19,109 3/4 22,481 24,729 All nuts and washers for type 304 anchors are made from type 304 stainless. All nuts and washers for type 316 anchors are made from type 316 stainless. Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1,Type A, plain. Expansion sleeve(wedges)are made from type 316 stainless steel _ 1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a universal tensile machine for quality control at the manufacturing facility. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See tables 4 and 16 for the steel design strengths of carbon steel and stainless steel,respectively. 3.3.5.3 Technical data 3.3.5.3.1 ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design The technical data contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables.The load values were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESR-1917 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR-1917 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.hilti.com. 278 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hitti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 e Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 1 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel specifications Setting Nominal anchor diameter d information Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 a 3/4 Nominal bit diameter dbt in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Minimum nominal h in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/16 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-5/16 embedment " (mm) (46) (59) (78) (60) (91) (91) (113) (97) (110) (135) Effective minimum h in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment e' (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) in. 2 2-5/8 3-3/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4 4-5/8 5-3/4 Min.hole depth ho (mm) (51) (67) (83) (67) (102) (95) (121) (102) (117) (146) Min.thickness in. 0 0 0 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 0 0 7/8 of fixture' t'"" (mm) (0) (0) (0) (19) (6) (9) (19) (0) (0) (23) Max.thickness t in. 2-13/16 2-5/16 1-9/16 4 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 5-9/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 of fixture max (mm) (71) (59) (40) (101) (70) (143) (121) (141) (125) (100) Installation torqueft-lb 25 40 60 (concrete) T'"st (Nm) (84) 1 (54) (81) (149)0 Installation torqueft-lb 15 25 35 70 (masonry) T. (Nm) n/a (20) n/a n/a (34) (47) (95) Fixture hole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 diameter dh (mm) (11.1) (14.3) 13/16 (17.5) (20.6)0.6) Available anchor e in. 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5-1/2 7 8 10 lengths ranch (mm) (76) (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) (140) (178) (203) (254) Threaded length in. 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 2-1/2 4 5 7 including dog point thread (mm) (38) (57) (89) (41) (60) (86) (124) (38) (70) (133) (171) (63) (103) (128) (179) Unthreaded length fu"the in 1-1/2 2-1/8 3-1/4 3 (mm) (39) (54) (83) (77) 1 Minimum thickness of fixture is a concern only when the anchor is installed at the minimum nominal embedment. When KWIK Bolt TZ anchors are installed at this embedment,the anchor threading ends near the surface of the concrete. If the fixture is sufficiently thin,it could be possible to run the nut to the bottom of the threading during application of the installation torque. If fixtures are thin,it is recommended that embedment be increased accordingly. Figure 1 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ specifications 'threadIfi) d 17//274// h l//// / t � t ranchS, hof eunthr h nom r---' ho ensrun-gnvn rrear-qw. anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'.=2,500 psi f', =3,000 psi f'o=4,000 psi f's=6,000 psi f'.=2,500 psi f'.=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi I's=6,000 psi in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 1,185 1,300 1,500 1,835 1,545 1,690 1,950 2,390 , (38) (46) (5.3) (5.8) (6.7) (8.2) (6.9) (7.5) (8.7) (10.6) 2 2-5/16 1,635 1,790 2,070 2,535 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 3/8 (51) (59) (7.3) (8.0) (9.2) (11.3) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 2-3/4 3-1/16 2,670 2,925 3,380 4,140 7,660 8,395 9,690 11,870 (70) (78) (11.9) (13.0) (15.0) (18.4) (34.1) (37.3) (43.1) (52.8) 2 2-3/8 2,205 2,415 2,790 3,420 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 (51) (60) (9.8) (10.7) (12.4) (15.2) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,585 3,925 4,535 5,555 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (91) (15.9) (17.5) (20.2) (24.7) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,310 4,720 5,450 6,675 9,280 10,165 11,740 14,380 (79) (91) (19.2) (21.0) (24.2) (29.7) (41.3) (45.2) (52.2) (64.0) 5/8 4 4-7/16 5,945 6,510 7,520 9,210 13,440 14,725 17,000 20,820 (102) (113) (26.4) (29.0) (33.5) (41.0) (59.8) (65.5) (75.6) (92.6) 3-1/4 3-13/16 4,570 5,005 5,780 7,080 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (97) (20.3) (22.3) (25.7) (31.5) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,380 5,895 6,810 8,340 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 3/4 (95) (110) (23.9) (26.2) (30.3) (37.1) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 6,940 7,605 8,780 10,755 17,390 19,050 22,000 26,945 (121) (142) (30.9) (33.8) (39.1) (47.8) (77.4) (84.7) (97.9) (119.9) Table 3-Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete1'2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension-ON. Shear-CVs anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'0=2,500 psi f'c=3,000 psi to=4,000 psi f'o=6,000 psi f'.=2,500 psi f'o=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi f'0=6,000 psi in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 860 940 1,085 1,330 1,095 1,195 1,385 1,695 (38) (46) (3.8) (4.2) (4.8) (5.9) (4.9) (5.3) (6.2) (7.5) 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 3/8 (51) (60) (7.0) (7.6) (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 2-3/4 3-1/8 2,050 2,245 2,595 3,175 5,425 5,945 6,865 8,405 (70) (79) (9.1) (10.0) (11.5) (14.1) (24.1) (26.4) (30.5) (37.4) 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 (51) (60) (7.0) (7.6) (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,195 3,500 4,040 4,950 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (91) (14.2) (15.6) (18.0) (22.0) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,050 3,345 3,860 4,730 6,575 7,200 8,315 10,185 (79) (91) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.0) (29.2) (32.0) (37.0) (45.3) 5/8 4 4-7/16 4,420 4,840 5,590 6,845 9,520 10,430 12,040 14,750 (102) (113) (19.7) (21.5) (24.9) (30.4) (42.3) (46.4) (53.6) (65.6) 3-1/4 3-13/16 3,235 3,545 4,095 5,015 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (97) (14.4) (15.8) (18.2) (22.3) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-3/4 4-5/16 4,010 4,395 5.075 6,215 8,640 9,465 10,930 13,390 (95) (110) (17.8) (19.5) (22.6) (2/.b) (38.4) (42.1) (48.6) (59.6) 4-3/4 5-9/16 5,720 6,265 7,235 8,800 12,320 13,495 15,585 19,085 (121) (142) (25.4) (27.9) (32.2) (39.4) (54.8) (60.0) (69.3) (84.9) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 13 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by ar,„=0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. i,z 280 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 4-Steel strength for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors1'2 Nominal anchor diameter Tensile 4N.3 Shear 0.4 Seismic shear(Vasag5 in Effective embedment in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 4,875 1,415 1,415 3/8 (38) (21.7) (6.3) (6.3) 2 2-3/4 4,875 2,335 1,465 (51) (70) (21.7) (10.4) (6.5) 2 3-1/4 8,030 3,570 3,570 1/2 (51) (83) (35.7) (15.9) (15.9) 5/8 3-1/8 4 12,880 5,260 4,940 (79) (102) (57.3) (23.4) (22.0) 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 18,840 8,890 7,635 3/4 (83) (95) (121) (83.8) (39.5) (34.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. MI 3 Tensile(1)1\aa=I)A�.N fats as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with(Ka< 0.60 Aaa,v furs as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4)Vaaea<4)0.60 Ase,v faro as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 2 Anchors not permitted For a specific edge distance,the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: e in shaded area Case 2 N '.. _ _...... .. S Z$ + ($min,1 $min,2) .Ce mint C at S (( C—Cmin,2� v mn.t mint E `cmin,l_cmin,2� co U CO Case 1 ' VE crn,n2 at$mint Concrete c...9. e�iyn edge distance c Table 5-Carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ installation parameters' Setting Nominal anchor diameter do information Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Effective minimumh in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment a' (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) Min.memberh in. 3-1/4 4 5 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 5-1/2 6 8 8 thickness m" (mm) (83) (102) (127) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (140) (152) (203) (203) in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 9-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/8 Case 1 cm'''' (mm) (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (92) (83) (241) (121) (105) for in. 8 5 5 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 5 10-1/2 8-7/8 sm;n,,Z (mm) (203) (127) (127) (146) (146) (156) (149) (127) (267) (225) in. 8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 9-1/2 9-1/2 7-3/4 Case 2 cmi",2 (mm) (203) (92) (92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (241) (197) for in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 5 5 4 5,_:.,.Z,.'.Imml 12(131 (641 (641 an\ (en\ (ao1 nal iini fi' io inn_ 3/8-in.KB-TZ CS untracked Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor II To and away Conc.thickness factor concrete in tension in tension in shear' 1 Toward edge fromedge in shear" 1AN 1,,,, fAV IRA •f RV +fHV Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 , embed.he, (mm) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 embed.heam (mm) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.71 0.65 n/a 0.60 0.71 n/a 0.60 0.55` n/a 0.49 0.16 n/a 0.60 0.32 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a 0.75 0.68 n/a 0.69 0.79 n/a 0.62 0.56 n/a 0.64 0.21 n/a 0.69 0.42 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 0.79 0.71 n/a 0.80 0.88 n/a 0.64 0.57 n/a 0.81 0.27 n/a 0.81 0.53 ' 0.62 n/a n/a 41 3-5/8 (92) n/a 0.80 0.72 n/a 0.83 0.91 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.85 0.28 n/a 0.85 0.56 0.63 n/a n/a V O 4 (102) n/a 0.83 0.74 n/a 0.91 0.98 n/a 0.67 0.58 n/a 0.99 0.33 n/a 0.99 0.65 0.67 0.81 n/a V E 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 0.77 n/a 1.00 1.00 n/a 0.69 0.59 n/a 1.00 0.39 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.86 n/a m5 (127) n/a 0.92 0.80 n/a n/a 0.71 0.60 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.91 0.75 0.91 0.63 mc 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 0.83 n/a n/a 0.73 0.61 n/a 0.53 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.95 0.66 O 2 6 (152) n/a 1.00 0.86 n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 n/a 0.60 n/a 0.82 1.00 0.69 CO CD 7 (178) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.79 0.64 n/a 0.76 n/a 0.88 0.74 w 8 (203) 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.72 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.94 0.80 03 .F. 9 (229) 1.00 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.84 us- 10 (254) 1.00 0.78 0.91 0.70 1.00 0.89 11 (279) 1.00 0.81 0.95 0.72 0.93 12 (305) 1.00 0.83 1.00 0.74 0.97 13 (330) 1.00 0.86 1.00 0.76 1.00 Table 7-Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete"2 Edge distance in shear 3/8-in.KB-TZ CS cracked Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor II To and away Conc.thickness factor concrete in tension in tension in shear3 1 Toward edge fromedge in shear' +AN •RN lAV .f., (RV 1 RV 1HV Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 embed.he, (mm) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 embed.hnom (mm) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) I 2-1/2 (64) n/a S, 0.71 0.65 n/a 0.87 0.71 n/a 0.60 0.55n/a 0.49 0.16 n/a 0.87 0.33 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a 0.75 0.68 n/a 1.00 0.79 n/a 0.62 0.56 , n/a 0.65 0.21 n/a 1.00 0.43 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 0.79 0.71 n/a 1.00 0.88 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.82 0.27 n/a 1.00 0.54 0.62 n/a n/a d d 3-5/8 (92) n/a 0.80 0.72 n/a 1.00 0.91 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.86 0.28 n/a 1.00 0.57 0.63 n/a n/a 0 4 (102) n/a 0.83 0.74 n/a 0.98 n/a 0.67 0.58 n/a 1.00 0.33 n/a 0.66 0.67 0.82 n/a V E 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 0.77 n/a 1.00 n/a 0.69 0.59 n/a 0.39 n/a 0.79 0.71 0.87 n/a a c 5 (127) n/a 0.92 0.80 n/a n/a 0.71 0.60 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.92 0.75 0.91 0.63 2 -- • 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 0.83 n/a n/a 0.73 0.61 n/a 0.53 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.96 0.66 y L O 2 6 (152) n/a 1.00 0.86 n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 n/a 0.61 n/a 0.82 1.00 0.69 rn o la 5 7 (178) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.79 0.64 n/a 0.76 n/a 0.88 0.75 8 (203) 1.000 0.98 1.00 0.72 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.80 • 9 (229) 1.000 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.85 rn 10 (254) 1.000 0.78 0.92 0.70 0.89 17 (2,9J 1.000 0.81 0.96 0.72 - 0.94 12 (305) 1.000 0.83 1.00 0 74 0 98 13 (330) 1.000 0.86 0.76 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative.To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,fm,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fm=f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f,,,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f Hv=1.0. I-- I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa).Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 282 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hitti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 8-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 1/2-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor uncracked concrete II to and away Conc.thickness fac- in tension factor in tension in r shear' 1 toward edge fromedge tor in shear' fAN +RN I 1 {AV JRV JRV J HV Effective in. 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 embed.het (mm) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) Nominal in. 2-3/8. 3-5/8 _ 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 embed.h (mm) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.62 n/a 0.41 n/a 0.54 n/a "0.13 n/a 0.26 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.63 n/a 0.42 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.14 n/a 0.28 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.73 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.62' 0.55 0.51 0.16 0.51 0.33 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.46 0.63 0.55 0.55 0.19 0.55 0.37 n/a n/a °' 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 0.64 0.51 0.65 0.56 0.64 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a c 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 0.73 0.56 0.68 0.57 0.73 0.29 0.73 0.56 0.84 n/a o 4-1/8 (105) 0.84 0.71 0.75 0.57 0.68 0.57 0.75 0.30 0.75 0.57 0.85 n/a E 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 0.82 0.61 0.70 0.58 0.82 0.34 0.82 0.61 0.89 n/a .2. E 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 0.91 0.67 0.72 0.59 0.91 0.40 0.91 0.67 0.94 n/a m ._ 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.73 0.74 0.60 };: 1.00 0.46 1.00 0.73 0.98 n/a rn 5-3/4 (146) 0.98 0.79 0.77 0.75 0.60 0.49 0.77 1.00" n/a aa) N 6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.80 0.76 0.61 0.53 0.80 0.66 o 7 (178) 0.86 0.93 0.81 0.63 0.66 0.71 c 8 (203)o 0.91 1.00 0.85 0.64 0.811 1.00 0.76 V z a)Y 9 (229) 0.96 0.89 0.66 0.97 0.81 112 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1.00 0.85 a 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 0.89 rn 12 (305) 1.00 0.72 0.93 14 (356) 0.75 16 (406) 0.79 1.00 18 (457) 0.83 >20 (508) 0.86 Table 9-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete"2 Edge distance in shear 1/2-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor cracked concrete p g II to and away Conc.thickness fac- in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from{edge tor in shear' /( "AN fRN fAV fV f , Effective in. 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 embed.het (mm) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) Nominal in. 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 embed.h (mm) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.62 n/a 0.63 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.26 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.63 < n/a 0.65 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.14 n/a 0.29 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.73 0.64 0.93 0.68 0.62 0.55 0.62 0.160.93' 0.33 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 1.00 0.71 0.63 0.55 0.71 0.19 1.00 0.38 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.65 0.56 0.89 0.24 1.00 0.47 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 1.00 0.86 0,68 0.57 1.00 0.29 1.00 0.58 0.84 n/a 0 4-1/8 (105) 0.84 0.71 1.00 0.88 0.68 0.58 1.00 0.30 1.00 0.61 0.85 n/a o E 4-5/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 0.94 0.70 0.58 0.34 0.69 0.89 n/a (127) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.72 0.59 0.40 0.81 0.94 n/a m C 55-1/2 (140) 0.96, 0.78 0.74 0.60 0.47 0.93 0.98 n/a y t 5-3/4 (146) 0.98 0.79 0.75 0.60 0.50 1.00 1.00 n/a o6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.76 0.61 0.53 1.00 0.66 o\ c 7 (178) 0.86 t 8 (203) 0.91 0.85 0.65 0.82 0.71 c-2 10 (254)9 (229) 0 1.00 0.90 0.66 0.98 0.81 't) .96 0.94 0.68 1.00 0.85 0 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 CO 12 (305) 1.00 0.72 0.90 14 (356) 0.94 16 (406) 0.76 1.00 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 >20 (508) 0.86 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 111=1.1.1111.11.1.1.1..........1111119r h1.n nnmhininn_mliltinle In d artiii¢fmonf fanfnrc f n f.-rdpnn4-nr noffcrn in o nnrr.er,„i+h fhi..n.,..n...tn a' n 5/8-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 .L toward edge from edge tor in shear' 1 w 1{w f AV f RV fp, 1 HV Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 I 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 , embed.het (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed.h (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) �3 (76) n/a 0.63 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.17 n/a 0.34 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 n/a 0.48 0.57 0.56 n/a 0.19 n/a 0.38 n/a n/a 3-5/8 (92) 0.69 0.65 0.60 0.48 0.57 0.56 0.28 0.20 0.56 0.40 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.71 = 0.67 0.64 0.51 0.58 0.56 0.32 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a m 4-1/4 (108) 0.73 0.68 0.67 0.53 0.58 0.57 0.35 0.26 0.67 0.51 n/a n/a o4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.70 ; 0.56 0.59 0,57 0.38 0.28 0.70 0.56 n/a n/a E 4-3/4 (121) 0.75 0.70 0.73 0.58 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.30 0.73 0.58 n/a n/a E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.77 0.60 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.77 0.60 0.63 n/a U c 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.85 0.64 -- 0.61 0.59. 0.52 0.38 0.85 0.64 0.66 n/a m 5-7/8 (149) 0.81 0.74 0.90 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.42 0.90 0.67 0.68 n/a a• y 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 0.92 0.69 0.62 0.59 0.59 0.43 0.92 0.69 0.69 0.62 C 6-1/8 (156) 0.83 0.76 0.94 0.70 0.62 0.60 0.61 0.44 0.94 0.70 0.69 0.62 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 1.00 0.91 0.66 0.63 0.91 0.66 1.00 0.91 0.79 0.71 w E 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.80 5cr' 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 m 14 (356) 0.77 0.72 1.00 0.94 co 16 (406) 0.81 0.75 1.00 18 (457) 0.85 0.78 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 >24 (610) 0.97 0.88 Table 11 -Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 5/8-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- cracked concrete in tension factor in tensicn in shear' 1 toward edge fromedge tor in shear' f AN f RN f AV f RV { f„, Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed.he (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed.hna,,, (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 3 (76) n/a 0.63 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.66 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.17 n/a 0.35 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 n/a 0.69 0.57 0.56 n/a 0.19 n/a 0.39 n/a n/a 3-5/8 (92) 0.69 0.65 0.83 0.71 0.57 0.56 0.28 0.20 0.56 0.41 n/a n/a B 4 (102) 0:71 0.67 0.89` 0.75 0.58 0.56 0.33 0.24 0.65 0.47 n/a n/a 0 4-1/4 (108) 0.73 0.68 0.93 0.78 0.58 0.57 1 0.36 0.26 0.71 0.52 n/a n/a O 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.97 0.81 0.59 0.57 0.39 0.28 0.78 - 0.56 n/a n/a E 4-3/4 (121) 0.75 0.70 1.00 0.84 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.31 0.84 0.61 n/a n/a E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.87 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.91 0.66 0.63 n/a c . 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.93 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 1.00 0.76 0.66 n/a . t 5-7/8 (149) 0.81 0.74 0.98 0.62 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.84 0.68 n/a -oo y 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.60 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.69 0.62 rn m 6-1/8 (156) 0.83 0.76 0.62 0.60 0.62 0.45 0.89 0.69 0.62 • 0 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 0.66 0.63 0.92 0.67 1.00 0.79 0.71 13 y 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.93 0.89 0.80 cr' 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 rcri __ i4 _ (356)- a-.78 fl(2 1.00 0.94 coo_ 16 (406) 0.82 0.75 1.00 18 (457) 0.85 0.79 20 (508) 0:89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 >24 (610) 0.97 0.88 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f AV,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f Av=IAN• 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f HV'assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f Hv=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 284 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hifti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hifti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 ,R� a at, Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 12-Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concretet'2 Edge distance in shear 3/4-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance factor uncracked concrete Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness factor in tension in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from(edge in shear' "� • / { RN lAV /pa 1 V 1HV Effective in. 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embed.he, (mm) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) Nominal in. 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/1.-4=-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed.h,� (mm) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (142) 4 (102) n/a n/a 0.640 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.557 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 4-1/8 (105) n/a n/a 0.645 n/a n/a 0.546 n/a n/a 0.558 n/a n/a 0.207 n/a n/a 0.414 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.658 n/a n/a 0.574 n/a n/a "0.564 n/a n/a 0.236 n/a n/a 0.472 n/a n/a n/a 4-3/4 (121) n/a n/a 0.667 n/a 0.495 0.594 n/a n/a 0.567 n/a 0.348 0.256 n/a '0.495 0.512 n/a n/a n/a i 5 (127) 0.756 0.722 0.675 n/a 0.514 0.613 0.569 0.587 0.571 n/a 0.376 0.276 n/a 0.514 0.552 n/a n/a n/a b 5-1/2 (140) 0.782 0.744 0.693 n/a 0.553 0.653 0.576 0.595 0.578 n/a ': 0.433 0.319 n/a 0.553 0.637 0.553 n/a n/a o 6 (152) 0.808 0.767 0.711 n/a 0.600 0.695 0.583 0.604 0.585 n/a; 0.494 0.363 n/a 0.600 0.695 0.577 0.645 n/a E 7 (178) 0.859 0.811 0.746 n/a 0.700 0.781 0.597 0.621 0.599 n/a 0.622 0.458 n/a 0.700 0.781 0.624 0.697 n/a 7-3/4 (197) 0.897 0.844 0.772 n/a 0.775 0.861 0.608 0.634 0.610 n/a 0.725 0.533 n/a 0.775 0.861 0.656 0.733 n/a 8 (203) 0.910 0,856 0.781 n/a 0.800 0.889 0.611 0.639 0.613 n/a 0.760 0.559 n/a 0.800 0.889 0.667 0.745 0.673 8-7/8 (225) 0.955 0.894 0.811 n/a 0.888 0.986 0.623 0.654 0.625 n/a 0.888 0.653 n/a 0.888 0.986 0.702 0.785 0.708 m 9-1/2 (241) 0.987 0.922 0.833 0.792 0.950 1.000 0.632 0.665 0.634 0.704 0.984 0.723 0.792 0.984 1.000 0.726 0.812 0.733 -.-°5 10 (254) 1.000 0.944 0.851 0.833 1.000 0.639 0.674 0.641 0.761 1.000 0.781 0.833 1.000 0.745 0.833 0.752 �._ 10-1/2 (267) 0.967 0.868 0.875 0.646 0.682 0.648 0.818 0.841 0.875 0.764 0.854 0.771MI cm 12 (305) 1.000 0.921 1.000 0.667 0.708 0.670 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.816 0.913 0.824 c (356) 0.991 0.694 0.743 0.698 0.882 0.986 0.890 & 16 (406) 1.000 0.722 0.778 0.726 0.943 1.000 0.951 18 (457) 0.750 0.812 0.754 1:000 1.000 20 (508) 0.778 0.847 0.783 22 (559) 0.806 0.882 0.811 >24 (610) 0.833 0.916 0.839 Table 13-Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 3/4-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor cracked concrete II to and away Conc.thicknessefactor in tension in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear' fAN feN 1AV fRV f, f„,, Effective in. 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embed.he, (mm) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) Nominal in. 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed.h.m (mm) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (142) 4 (102) n/a n/a 0.640 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.557 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 4-1/8 (105) n/a n/a 0.645 n/a n/a 0.690 n/a n/a 0.559 n/a n/a 0.209 n/a n/a 0.417 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.658 n/a n/a 0.726 n/a n/a 0.564 n/a n/a 0.238 n/a n/a 0.476 n/a n/a n/a 4-3/4 (121) n/a n/a 0.667 n/a 0.879 0.750 n/a n/a 0.568 n/a 0.351 0.258 n/a 0.701 0.516, n/a n/a n/a Ili 5 (127) 0.756 0.722 0.675 n/a 0.913 0.775 0.599 0.587 0.571 n/a 0.379 0.279 n/a 0.757 0.557 n/a n/a n/a b5-1/2 (140) 0.782 0.744 0.693 n/a 0.982 0.825 0.609 0.596 0.578 n/a 0.437 0.321 n/a 0.874 0.643 0.659 n/a n/a 0 6 (152) 0.808 0.767 0.711 n/a 1.000 0.877 . 0.619 0.605 0.585' n/a 0.498. 0.366 n/a ..0.996 0.732 0.689 0.647 n/a E 7 (178) 0.859 0.811 0.746 n/a 1.000 0.986 0.638 0.622 0.600 n/a 0.627 0.461 n/a 1.000 0.923 0.744 0.699 n/a a 7-3/4 (197) 0.897 0.844 0.772 n/a 1.000 1.000 0.653 0.635 0.610 n/a 0.731 0.538 n/a 1.000 0.783 0.735 n/a 8 (203) 0.910 0.856 0.781 1.000 1.000 0.658 0.640 0.614 0.923 0.767 0.564 1.000 0.795 0.747 0.674 a 8-7/8 (225) 0.955 0.894 0.811 1.000 1.000 0.675' 0.655 0.626 1.000 0.896 0.659 0.837 0.787 0.710 CD 65 9-1/2 (241) 0.987 0.922 0.833 1.000 1.000 0.688 0.666 0.635 0.992 0.729 0.866 0.814 0.735 T.,k 10 (254) 1.000 0.944 0.851 0.698 0.674. 0.642 1.000 0.788 0.889 0.835 0.754 10-1/2 (267) 0.967 0.868 0.707 0.683 0.649 0.848 12 (305) 1.000 0.921 0.911 0.856 0.773 0.737 0.709 0.671 1.000 14 0.974 0.915 0.826 .n 16 (356) 0.991 0.777 0.744 0.699 1.000 0.989 0.892 (406) 1.000 0.816 0.779 0.727 1.000 0.954 18 (457) 0.856 0.814 0.756 20 (508) 1.000 0.895 0.849 0.784 22 (559) 0.935 0.884 0.813 >24 (610) 0.974 0.919 0.841 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the desi.n,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Desi.n software or.-rf.r .n ,. ., ,. .- ., _� �� •. e rvutrru icy ai it,nn-wdtneier tin.) Setting information Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Nominal bit diameter dbft in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Nominal min. in. 2-5/16 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-9/16 4-7/16 4-5/16 5-5/16 embedment hno'^ (mm) (59) (60) (91) (91) (113) (110) (142) Effective min. in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment het (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4 Min.hole depth ho (mm) (67) (67) (102) (95) (121) (117) (146) Min.thickness in. 1/4 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 1/8 1-5/8 of fixture' t"" (mm) (6) (19) (6) (9) (19) (3) (41) Max.thickness in. 2-1/4 4 I 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 3-5/8 of fixture t MX (mm) (57) (101) 1 (70) (143) (121) (117) (92) Installation torque ft-lb 25 40 60 110 (concrete) T'"st (Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149) Installation torque ft-lb 15 25 35 70 (masonry) T" (Nm) (20) (34) - (47) (95) Fixture hole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 diameter dh (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Available in. 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8.5 10 5-1/2 8 10 anchor lengths la"`b (mm) (76) (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) (140) (203) (254) Threaded length in. 7/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6 including dog point 'thread (mm) (22) (41) (73) (41) (60) (86) (124) (38) (70) (133) (171) (38) (102) (152) in. 2-1/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 4 Unthreaded length lomhr (mm) (54) (54) (83) (102) 1 Refer to figure 1 of this section for diagram of installation parameters 2 Minimum thickness of fixture is a concern only when the anchor is installed at the minimum nominal embedment.When KWIK Bolt TZ anchors are installed at this embedment,the anchor threading ends near the surface of the concrete.If the fixture is sufficiently thin,it could be possible to run the nut to the bottom of the threading during application of the installation torque.If fixtures are thin,it is recommended that embedment be increased accordingly. 286 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hiiti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 4 E t Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 15- Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel design strength with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete''2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension-On Shear-ov. anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'o=2,500 psi f'c=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi re=6,000 psi f'c=2,500 psi f'c=3,000 psi lc=4,000 psi f'c=6,000 psi in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,710 1,875 2,160 2,650 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 (51) (59) (7.6) (8.3) (9.6) (11.8) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 2 2-3/8 1,865 2,045 2,360 2,890 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 1/2 (51) (60) (8.3) (9.1) (10.5) (12.9) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,745 4,100 4,735 5,800 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (91) (16.7) (18.2) (21.1) (25.8) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,310 4,720 5,450 6,675 9,280 10,165 11,740 14,380 5/8 (79) (91) (19.2) (21.0) (24.2) (29.7) (41.3) (45.2) (52.2) (64.0) 4 4-7/16 6,240 6,835 7,895 9,665 13,440 14,725 17,000 20,820 (102) (113) (27.8) (30.4) (35.1) (43.0) (59.8) (65.5) (75.6) (92.6) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,665 6,205 7,165 8,775 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 3/4 (95) (110) (25.2) (27.6) (31.9) (39.0) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) lin 4-3/4 5-9/16 7,825 8,575 9,900 12,125 17,390 19,050 22,000 26,945 (121) (142) (34.8) (38.1) (44.0) (53.9) (77.4) (84.7) (97.9) (119.9) Table 16- Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete''2,3,4,s Nominal Tension-On Shear-ovn anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'c=2,500 psi lc=3,000 psi f', =4,000 psi lc=6,000 psi f',=2,500 psi lc=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi lc=6,000 psi in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,520 1,665 1,925 2,355 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 (51) (59) (6.8) (7.4) (8.6) (10.5) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 2 2-3/8 1,750 1,915 2,210 2,710 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 1/2 (51) (60) (7.8) (8.5) (9.8) (12.1) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,235 3,545 4,095 5,015 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (91) (14.4) (15.8) (18.2) (22.3) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,050 3,345 3,860 4,730 6,575 7,200 8,315 10,185 5/8 (79) (91) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.0) (29.2) (32.0) (37.0) (45.3) 4 4-7/16 3,795 4,160 4,800 5,880 9,520 10,430 12,040 14,750 (102) (113) (16.9) (18.5) (21.4) (26.2) (42.3) (46.4) (53.6) (65.6) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,270 5,775 6,670 8,165 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 3/4 (95) (110) (23.4) (25.7) (29.7) (36.3) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 5,720 6,265 7,235 8,860 12,320 13,495 15,585 19,085 (121) (142) (25.4) (27.9) (32.2) (39.4) (54.8) (60.0) (69.3) (84.9) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 19 to 26 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 17. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/2-in diameter by 2-in effective embedment depth-aNCC,,=0.64 IVUlllll1dl dill,IKUY diameter Tensile 4)N033 Shear 42Vaa4 Seismic shear 4)Vsa,e55 in. lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 4,475 3,070 1,835 3/8 (19.9) (13.7) (8.2) 8,665 4,470 4,470 1/2 (38.5) (19.9) (19.9) 13,410 6,415 6,080 5/8 (59.7) (28.5) (27.0) 18,040 10,210 8,380 3/4 (80.2) (45.4) (37.3) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile ON.=0 AS,N feta as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with(1)Vee<4)0.60 A3ev fele as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4:1V58e9<4)0.60 Aae.v fy1a as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 3 Anchors not permitted For a specific edge distance,the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: in shaded area - Case 2 N (`Smin,1 Smin,2) p7 n S Z Smin.2+ (C —Cum) (C—Cmin,2) .j c,, 1 at s,nm1 E mina N a - ,, CJ N Case 1 sdesl 9n ';; UEin .. .. - Cmin 2 at Sm .2 Ell Concrete c'es' Edge edge distance c Table 18-Stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ installation parameters' Setting Nominal anchor diameter d information Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Effective minimumh in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment' of (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 Min.member thickness hmin (mm) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) in. 2-1/2 2-7/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 4 Cmin,1 (mm) (64) (73) (54) (83) (60) (108) (102) Case 1 for in. 5 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 10 8-1/2 smini Z (mm) (127) (146) (133) (140) (140) (254) (216) in. 3-112 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/8 1 4 1/4 9-1/2 7.. min,2 (mm) (89) (114) (83) (105) (108) (241) (178) Cace 2 for in. 2-1/4 2-7/8 2 2-3/4 2-3/8 5 4 Smin.2 Z (mm) (57) (73) (51) (70) (60) (127) (102) 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c,where coin,, <c<cm,,2,will determine the permissible spacings. 288 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 19-Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in,diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete1,2 Edge Edge distance in shear Conc. 3/8-in.KB-TZ SS Spacing distance Spacing II to and thickness uncracked concrete factor factor in factor 1 toward away from factor in in tension tension in shear3 edge edge shear' f AN f RN J fff AV J RV +RV •HV Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed.he (mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 embed.h (mm) (59) (59) (59) (59) (59) (59) a, 2-1/4 (57) 0.69 n/a 0.59 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.71 0.60 0.60 0.49 0.60 n/a `0 3 (76) 0.75 0.69 '' 0.62 0..64 0:69 n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.80 0.64 0.81 0.81 n/a �°E 4 (102) 0.83 0.91 0.67 0.99 0.99 0.81 a, 4-1/2 (114) 0.88; 1.00 0.69 1.00 1.00 0.86 m -7 5 (127) 0.92 0.71 0.91 4 _-E 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.73 0.95 a „, 6 (152) 1.00 0.75 1.00 Y 7 (178) 0.79 lai N r 8 (203) 0.83 rn 9 (229) 0.87 .E 10 (254) 0.91 0 o11 (279) 0.95 co 12 (305) 1.00 Table 20-Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in.diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete1,2 Edge Edge distance in shear Conc. 3/8 in.KB-TZ SS Spacing distance Spacing II to and thickness cracked concrete factor factor in factor 1 toward away from factor in in tension tension in s(hear3 edge edge shear^ •AN INN 1 AV f RV f RV f HV Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed.he, (mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 embed.hnom (mm) (59) (59) (59) (59) (59) (59) a, 2-1/4 (57) 0.69 n/a 0.59 n/a n/a n/a 21/2 (64) 0.71 0.87 0.60 0.49 0.87 n/a 0 3 (76) 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.65 1.00 n/a E 3-1/2 (89) 0.79> 1.00 0.65 0.82 1.00 n/a U E 4 (102) 0.83 0.67 1.00 0.82 a, 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.69 0.87 m -7 5 (127) 0.92 0.71 0.91 a. -s 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.73 0.96 C7) 6 (152) 1.00 0.75 1.00 Q) Y 7 (178) 0.79 --L 8 (203) 0.83 9 (229) 0.87 c 10 (254) 0.92 coo_ 11 (279) 0.96 12 (305) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative.To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f4„,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f =f 1/2-in.KB-TZ SS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II toand aConc.thickness fac- uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edgetor in shear' ( fAN JRN fAV I RV fHV Effective in. 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 embed.ha (mm) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) Nominal in. 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 embed.hno,,, (mm) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) 2 (51) n/a 0.60 n/a n/a n/a 0.54 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/8 (54) n/a 0.61 n/a 0.39 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.11 n/a 0.22 n/a n/a 2-7/8 (73) 0.74 0.65 0.53 045 0.63 0.55 0.53 0.17 0.53 0.36 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.46 0.63 0,55 0.55 0.19 0.55 0-37_, n/a n/a a) 3-1/4 (83) 0.77 0.67 0.59 0.49 0.64 0.56 0.59 0.21 0.59 0.42 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 0.64 0.51 0.65 0.56 0.64 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a o 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 0.73 0.56 0.68 0.57 0.73 0.29 0.73 0.56 0.84 n/a E 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 0.82 0.61 0.70 0.58 0.82 0.34 0.82 0.61 0.89 n/a 2. E 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 0.91 0.67 0.72 0.59 0.91 0.40 0.91 0.67 0.94 n/a c c 5-1/4 (133) 0.94 0.77 0.95 0.70 0.73 0.60 0.95 0.43 0.95 0.70 0.96 n/a m ' 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.73 0.74 0.60 1.00 0.46 1.00 0.73 0.98 n/a '5 w 6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.80 0.76 0.61 0.53 0.80 1.00 0.66 c a) 7 (178) 0.86 0.93 0.81 0.63 0.66 0.93 0.71 17. 8 (203) 0.91 1.00 0.85 0.64 0.81 1.00 0.76 y y 9 (229) 0.96 0.89 0.66 0.97 0.81 °' 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1.00 0.85 m 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 0.89 cn 12 (305) 1.00 0.72 00.93 .93 14 (356) 0.75 16 (406) 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 >20 (508) 0.86 Table 22-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 1/2-in.KB-TZ SS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge for in shear' fAN fRN fAV fRV fA fHV Effective in. 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 embed.h•r (mm) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) Nominal in. • 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 embed.h•am (mm) (6(:0 • •8 (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) 2 (51) 6 •� n/a n/a 0.54 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/8 (54) 8 • 0.60 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.11 n/a 0.22 n/a n/a 2-7/8 (73) 0 0.65 0.97 0.70 0.60 0.55 0.47 0.18 0.94 0.35 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0 0.65 1.00 0.71 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.19 1.00 0.38 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0 II 0.75 0.61 0.56 0.56 0.21 1.00 0.42 n/a n/a `' 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.62 0.56 0.63 0.24 1.00 0.47 n/a n/a o 4 (102) 0.83 I 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.57 0.77 0.29 1.00 0.58 0.75 n/a o E 4 5� (127) 0.92• 0 •.73 „ 1.00 0.6 0.94 7 0 59 1.000 0.40 1.00 0 81 0.84 n/a c c 5-1/4 (133) 0.94 8 0.68 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.86 n/a L 5-1/2 (140) 0.96• S 0.69 0.60 0.47 0.93 0.88 n/a -co oy 6 (152) 1.00 5 0.71 0.61 0.53 1.00 0.92 0.66 rn a) 7 (178) 0.86 0.74 0.63 0.67 0.99 0.71 a 8 (203) 0 • 0.78 0.65 0.82 1.00 0.76 9 (229) 0.96 0.81 0.66 0.98 0.81 2 40 (254) 1.00 .. 0.85 0.68 1.00 0.85 _ 11 (279) 0.80 0.70 - - 0.90 coo_ 12 (305) 0.92 0.72 0.94 14 (356) 0.99 0.76 1.00 16 (406) 1.00 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 , >20 (508) 0.86 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f Aw assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f Av=f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f RA assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then I HV=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 290 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 1 s Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 23- Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in.diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 5/8-in.KB-TZ SS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge tor in shear' f„ f RN fAN fRV f, f, Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed.her (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed.h (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0-60 n/a 0.39 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.11 n/a 0.21 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.65 0.61 n/a 0.41 0.55 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.27 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.66 0.63 n/a 0.43 0,56 0.55 n/a 0.15 n/a 0.30 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.67 0.64 0.51 0.45 0.56 0.55 0.24 0.17 0.47 0.34 n/a n/a v 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 0.54 0.47 0.57 0.56 0.26 0.19 0.53 0.38 n/a n/a o 4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.59 0.51 0.58 0.56 0.32 0.23 0.59 0.47 n/a n/a E 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.65 0.55 0.59 0.57 0.38 0.28 0.65 0.55 n/a n/a -.L.-3 E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.71 0.59 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.71 0.59 0.63 n/a O c 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.79 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 0.79 0.63 0.66 n/a c -- Nr 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.68 0.62 0.59 0.59 0.43 0.86 0.68 0.69 0.62 CD 6N 7 (178) 0.87 0.79 1.00 0.79 0.64 0.61 0.75 0.54 1.00 0.79 0.74 0.67 a c 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 0.90 0.66 0.63 0.91 0.66 0.90 0.79 0.71 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.80 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 o) 14 (356) 0.77 0.72 1.00 0.94 a 16 (406) 0.81 0.75 co 18 (457) 0.85 0.78 1.00 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 >24 (610) 0.97 0.88 Table 24-Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in.diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 5/8-in.KB-TZ SS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor cracked concrete II to and away Conc.thickness fac- in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge tor in shear' IAN f RN f AV INV fRv f Fiv Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed.her (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed.hnen (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.60 n/a 0.57 n/a 0.54 n/a 011 n/a 0.22 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) n/a 0.61 n/a 0.61 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.27 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.66 0.63 n/a 0.64 0.56 0.55 n/a 0.15 n/a 0.31 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.67 0.64 0.77 0.66 0.56 0.55 0.24 0.17 0.48 0.35 n/a n/a c., 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 0.81 0.69 0.57 0.56 0.27 0.19 0.53 0.39 n/a n/a o 4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.89 0.75 0.58 0.56 0.33 0.24 0.65 0.47 n/a n/a • 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.97 0.81 0.59 0.57 0.39 0.28 0.78 0.56 n/a n/a 4.-1 E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 ; 1.00 0.87 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.91 0.66 0.63 n/a oC 55-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.93 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 1.00 0.76 0.66 n/a 5 .. 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.60 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.69 0.62 a 7 (178) 0.87 0.791.00 0.74 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.75 0.55 °i )u 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 0.66 0.63 0.92 0.67 0.79 0.71 c s To' 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.93 0.89 0.80 -- 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 a 14 (356) 0.97 0.87 U 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.94 as 16 18 (406) 0.82 0.75 1.00 co (457) 0.85 0.79 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 >24 (610) 0.97 0.88 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,fAA,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f„=f 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,IHw assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f4v=1.0. s- Io. 3/4-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to.and away Conc.thickness fac- uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge tor in shear' fAN I. fAV IRV fNV Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 r embed.he (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed.h ne„, (mm) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (142) 4 (102) n/a 0.64 n/a 0:54 n/a 0:56 n/a 020 n/a 0.40 n/a n/a 4-1/4 (108) n/a 0.65 0.46 0.56 n/a 0.56 0.29 0.22 0.46 0.43 n/a n/a i4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.66 0.48 0.57 n/a 0.56 0.32 0.24 0.48 0.47 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.72 0.68 0:51 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.38 0.28 0.51 0.55 n/a n/a vc 5-1/2 (140) 0.74 0.69 0.55 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.43 0.32 0.55 0.64 n/a n/a E 6 (152) 0.77 0.71 0.60 0.69 0.60 0.58 0.49 0.36 0.60 0.69 0.65 n/a E 7 (178) 0.81 0.75 0.70 0.78 0.62 0.60 0.62 0.46 0.70 0.78 0.70 n/a ci 8 (203) 0.86 0.78 0.80 0.89 0.64 0.61 0.76 0.56 0.80 0.89 0.75 0.67 m - 9 (229) 0.90 0.82 0.90 1.00 0.66 0.63 0.91 0.67 0.91 1.00 0.79 0.71 cn y 9-1/2 (241) 0.92 0.83 0.95 0.66 0.63 0.98 0.72 0.98 0.81 0.73 • c 10 (254) 0.94 0.85 1.00 0.67 0.64 1.00 0.78 1.00 0.83 0.75 c• x 12 (305) 1.00 0.92 0.71 0.67 1.00 0.91 0.82 14 (356) 0.99 0.74 0.70 0.99 0.891.00 0.95 a' 16 (406) 1.00 0.78 0.73 m 18 (457) 0.81 0.75 1.00 cn 20 (508) 0.85 0.78 22 (559) 0.88 0.81 >24 (610) 0.92 0.84 Table 26-Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in.diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete1,2 Edge distance in shear 3/4-in.KB-TZ SS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge tor in shear" fAN f RN fAV INV fRV IHV Effective in. 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 I 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embed.he (mm) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) Nominal in. 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed.h ne„ (mm) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (142) 4 (102) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.68 n/a 0.56 n/a 0.20 n/a 0.40 n/a n/a 4-1/4 (108) n/a 0.65 0.81 0.70 n/a 0.56 0.21 0.22 0.42 0.44 n/a n/a 2 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.66 0.85 0.73 n/a 0.56 0.23 0.24 0.46 0.48 n/a n/a • 5 (127) 0.72 0.68 0.91 0.77 0.57 0.57 0.27 0.28 0.54 0.56 n/a n/a u5-1/2 (140) 0:74 0.69 0.98 0.83 0.58 r 0.58 0.31 0.32 0.62 0.64 n/a n/a E 6 (152) 0.77 0.71 1.00 0.88 0.58 0.59 0.35 0.37 0.71 0.73 0.58 n/a .2.E 7 (178) 0.81 0.75 1.00 0.99 0.60` 0.60 0.44 0.46 0.89 0.92 0.62 n/a to 8 (203) 0.86 0.78 1.00 1.00 0.61 0.61 0.54 0.56 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.67 c - � ^ 9 (229) 0.90 0.82 1.00 0.62 0.63 0.65 , 0.67 1.00 0.71 0.72 D s t, w 9-1/2 (241) 0.92 0.83 1.00 0.63 0.64 0.70 0.73 1.00 0.73 0.74 C c 10 (254) 0.94 0.85 0.64 0.64 0.76 0.79 0.74 0.75 • 12 (305) 1.00 0.92 0.67 0.67 1.00 1.00 0.82 0.83 14 (356) 0.99 0.69 0.70 0.88 0.89 c' 16 (406) 1.00 0.72 0.73 0.94 0.95 cv 18 (457) 0.75 0.76 1.00 1.00 cn 20 (508) 0.78 0.78 22 (559) 0.81 0.81 >24 (610) 0.83 0.84 ' ar interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern In a corner with ll iii i uui acute membcr)the design can become very-conservative. moo-optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f A,,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fAV=f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f HC assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f HV=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 292 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hifti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hiiti.eom I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 4 4 „ Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Minimum 5/8"Typical Min.2-1/2"for 3/8, 1/2, Ami 5/8x3-1/8 and 3/4x3-1/4 1T Min.3,000 psi Normal-Weight V or Lightweight Concrete �" Min.3-1/4 for5/8x4 • and 3/4x3-3/4 , ivr ' 111 „,,5,,,,„ '� • Max.3” ( Upper 1, >, Flute Minimum r ;,....1...- (Valley) 20 Gauge Min. � 111 'Min. Steel W-Deck 3-7/8" 3-7/8" Lower j Min. 12"Typical _ Flute Min. 1" I' (Ridge) Figure 4-Installation of Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies -W Deck MI Minimum f5/8"Typical t Min.2-1/4"Typ. IMin.3,000 psi Normal Weight F or Lightweight Concrete ------\ -,,„ __ Flute Minimum (Valley) 20 Gauge Min. C�-1 PP Steel B-Deck -41-3/4 Min.3-1/2" Lower Flute Min. 2-1/2".. 3/4" Min. / Min. 6"Typical (Ridge) Figure 5-Installation of Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies- B Deck Loads according to Figure 4 Loads according to Figure 5 Nominal Effective Nominal Tension-qNn Shear-O" Tension-0Nn Shear-oV" anchor embed. embed. f' =3,000 psi f', =4,000 psi f' =3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi f'.=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi f'.=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi diameter depth depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) r in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 750 865 1,135 1,135 705 815 1,200 1,200 (38) (46) (3.3) (3.8) (5.0) (5.0) (3.1) (3.6) (5.3) (5.3) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,305 1,505 1,385 1,385 1,200 1,385 1,850 1,850 (51) (59) (5.8) (6.7) (6.2) (6.2) (5.3) (6.2) (8.2) (8.2) 2-3/4 2-5/16 1,995 2,305 1,765 1,765 n/a n/a n/a n/a (70) (59) (8.9) (10.3) (7.9) (7.9) 2 2-3/8 1,305 1,505 1,690 1,690 1,210 1,395 1,680 1,680 1/2 (51) (60) (5.8) (6.7) (7.5) (7.5) (5.4) (6.2) (7.5) (7.5) 3-1/4 3-5/8 2,400 2,770 2,640 2,640 2,195 2,535 2,565 2,565 (83) (92) (10.7) (12.3) (11.7) (11.7) (9.8) (11.3) (11.4) (11.4) 3-1/8 3-9/16 1,835 2,120 2,990 2,990 2,640 3,050 3,060 3,060 5/8 (79) (90) (8.2) (9.4) (13.3) (13.3) (11.7) (13.6) (13.6) (13.6) 4 4-7/16 3,385 3,910 3,650 3,650 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (113) (15.1) (17.4) (16.2) (16.2) 3-1/4 3-13/16 2,750 3,175 3,145 3,145 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3/4 (83) (97) (12.2) (14.1) (14.0) (14.0) 3-3/4 4-5/16 2,765 3,195 4,025 4,025 n/a n/a n/a n/a (95) (110) (12.3) (14.2) (17.9) (17.9) Table 28-Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck1'2'3'4'5'6'7 Loads according to Figure 4 Loads according to Figure 5 Nominal Effective Nominal Tension-qN, Shear-cl)V„ Tension-clN,, Shear-on anchor embed. embed. f'.=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi f'.=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi f'.=3,000 psi f'.=4,000 psi f'.=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi diameter depth depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 630 725 1,135 1,135 595 685 1,200 1,200 (38) (46) (2.8) (3.2) (5.0) (5.0) (2.6) (3.0) (5.3) (5.3) 3/8 2 2-5/16 925 1,070 1,385 1,385 1,080 1,245 1,850 1,850 (51) (59) (4.1) (4.8) (6.2) (6.2) (4.8) (5.5) (8.2) (8.2) 2-3/4 2-5/16 1,535 1,770 1,495 1,495 (70) (59) (6.8) (7.9) (6.7) (6.7) n/a n/a n/a n/a 2 2-3/8 925 1,070 1,690 1,690 860 995 1,680 1,680 1/2 (51) (60) (4.1) (4.8) (7.5) (7.5) (3.8) (4.4) (7.5) (7.5) 3-1/4 3-5/8 1,705 1,970 2,640 2,640 1 1,955 2,255 2,565 2,565 (83) (92) (7.6) (8.8) (11.7) (11.7) (8.7) (10.0) (11.4) (11.4) 3-1/8 3-9/16 1,300 1,500 2,990 2,990 1,875 2,165 3,060 3,060 5/8 (79) (90) (5.8) (6.7) (13.3) (13.3) (8.3) (9.6) (13.6) (13.6) 4 4-7/16 2,520 2,910 3,650 3,650 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (113) (11.2) (12.9) (16.2) (16.2) 3-1/4 3-13/16 1,950 2,250 3,145 3,145 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3/4 (83) (97) (8.7) (10.0) (14.0) (14.0) 3-3/4 4-5/16 2,060 2,380 4,025 4,025 n/a n/a n/a n/a (95) (110) (9.2) (10.6) (17.9) (17.9) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to A va ue. --- 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute.Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x he,(effective embedment). 4 Tabular value is for lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison to steel values in table 4 is not required. Values in tables 28 and 29 control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by aN.see=0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 8 For the following anchor sizes,an additional factor must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic shear conditions: 3/8-in diameter with 1-1/2"effective embedment-aVSe1 =0.77,3/8-inch diameter with 2"and 2-3/4"effective embedment-av,se,s=0.63 5/8-inch diameter-ar =0.94 3/4-inch diameter with 3-1/4"effective embedment-a,,,,,,=0.80,3/4-inch diameter-as„,=0.86 294 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hitti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Min.2-1/4"for 3/8"x1-1/2", •Min.3 1/4"for 3/8"x2.. Min.3,000 psi Normal-Weight or Lightweight Concrete and 1/2" A_ c r Upper Flute \ Minimum (Valley) 20 Gauge • Min. Steel B-Deck 1-3/4 Min.3-1/2" Lawer Flute ' Min.2-1/2" Min. 6"Typical (Ridge) Figure 6- Installation of the Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ on the top of sand-lightweight concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies Table 29- Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck1'2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension-(1)N" Shear-qoV" anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'e=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi f'e=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 1,300 1,500 1,690 1,950 3/8 (38) (46) (5.8) (6.7) (7.5) (8.7) 2 2-5/16 1,790 2,070 2,605 3,005 (51) (59) (8.0) (9.2) (11.6) (13.4) 1/2 2 2-3/8 2,415 2,790 2,605 3,005 (51) (60) (10.7) (12.4) (11.6) (13.4) Table 30- Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck1'2,3,45 Nominal Tension-cpN" Shear-(1)V" anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'e=3,000 psi f' =4,000 psi f'e=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi in. in. (mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 940 1,085 1,195 1,385 3/8 (38) (46) (4.2) (4.8) (5.3) (6.2) 2 2-5/16 1,615 1,865 1,845 2,130 (51) (59) (7.2) (8.3) (8.2) (9.5) 1/2 2 2-3/8 1,710 1,975 1,845 2,130 (51) (60) (7.6) (8.8) (8.2) (9.5) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 31 and 32 as necessary.Compare to the steel values in table 4.The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa=0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by ansa,=0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8/for additional information on seismic applications. :-in.an. -m. CUJC ursLd11ee In p11CG1 KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness factor uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear' over metal deck f,v., fRN 1,43 f Ry f Ry I H, Anchor in. ' 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 diameter de (mm) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) _(9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 embed.he, (mm) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 embed.heem (mm) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) 2-1/4 (57) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.500 n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.33 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.33 n/a n/a 0.33 n/a 0.58 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.36 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.36 n/a n/a 0.36 n/a 0.60 0.73 0.76 m 3-1/2 (89) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.39 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.39 n/a n/a 0.39 n/a 0.62 0.76 0.78 4 (102) n/a 0.83 n/a n/a 0.44 n/a n/a 0.67 n/a n/a 0.44 n/a n/a 0.44 n/a 0.67 0.81 0.84 c , 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 I n/a n/a 0.50 0.50 n/a 0.67 n/a n/a 0.50 0.50 n/a 0.50 0.50 1 5 (127) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.56 0.56 n/a 0.71 n/a n/a 0.56 0.56 n/a 0.56 0.56 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 n/a n/a 0.61 0.61 n/a 0.73 n/a n/a 0.61 0.61 n/a 0.61 0.61 c N 6 (152) n/a 1.00 n/a n/a 0.67 0.67 n/a 0.75 n/a n/a 0.67 0.67 n/a 0.67 0.67 CD N 6-1/2 (165) n/a 1.00 n/a 0.72 0.72 n/a 0.77 0.79 n/a 0.72 0.72 n/a 0.72 0.72 Y 7 (178) n/a n/a 0.78 0.78 n/a 0.79 0.81 n/a 0.78 0.78 n/a 0.78 0.78 Y 8 (203) 1.00 n/a 0.89 0.89 0.72 0.83 0.85 n/a 0.89 0.89 n/a 0.89 0.89 of 9 (P29) n/a 1.00 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.89 n/a 1.00 1.00 n/a 1.00 1.00 m 10 (254) n/a 0.78 0.91 0.94 - n/a n/a ra 11 (279) n/a 0.81 0.96 0.98 n/a , n/a 12 (305) n/a 0.83 1.00 1.00 n/a n/a 13 (330) n/a 0.86 n/a n/a 16 (406) 1.00 0.94 1.00 1.00 - Table 32-Load adjustment factors for carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck12 Edge distance in shear 3/8-K and 1/2-in. KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness factor cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shears 1 toward edge from edge in shear° over metal deck f AN 1RN fAv 'Re f Nv f HV Anchor in. 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 I 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 diameter da (mm) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 embed.het (mm) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 embed.hepre (mm) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) 12-1/4 (57) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.693 n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a n/a n/a n/a 1.00 n/a n/a n/a I n/a n/a 0.65 n/a n/a 1.00 n/a 0.80 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.73 n/a n/a n/a 0.83 0.74 0.76 m 3-1/2 (89) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.82 n/a n/a n/a 0.86 0.76 0.79 2 4 (102) n/a 0.83 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.67 n/a n/a 1.00 n/a n/a n/a 0.92 0.82 0.84 $ 4.1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 n/a n/a 1.00 n/a 0.69 n/a n/a 1.00 n/a 1.00 E 5 (127) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a n/a 0.71 n/a n/a n/a 85-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 n/a n/a n/a 0.73 n/a n/a n/a . n a 0.75 n a n/a n/a y L 6 (152) n/a 1.00 n/a n/a / / ti 6-1/2 (165) n/a 1.00 n/a n/a 0.77 0.79 n/a n/a ° 7 (178) n/a n/a n/a 0.79 0.81 n/a n/a F. 8 (203) n/aIS n/a 0.93 0.83 0.85 n/a n/a 2 9 (229) 1.00 n/a 0.98 0.87 0.90 n/a n/a m 10 (254) n/a 1.00 0.92 0.94 n/a n/a m 11 (279) n/a 0.96 0.98 n/a n/a 12 (305) n/a 1.00 1.00 n/a n/a 13 (330) n/a n/a Mn a I 16 (406)1 1 1 1 1.00 1 I I I 1 I rvo I - 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,fAv,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f A v=f AN• 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f Hv,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f Nv=1.0. I I -For concrete thickness greater than or equal to 4-inches,the anchor can be designed using either table 2 or table 3 of this section. 296 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 3.3.5.3.2 Canadian Limit State design Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D for post-installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. This section contains the Limit State Design tables with unfactored characteristic loads that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESL-1067.These tables are followed by factored resistance tables. The factored resistance tables have characteristic design loads that are prefactored by the applicable reduction factors for a single anchor with no anchor-to-anchor spacing or edge distance adjustments for the convenience of the user of this document.All the figures in the previous ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8.Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at(800)363-4458 or at www.hilti.com. Table 33-Steel resistance for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ'carbon steel anchors''2 1+1 Nominal anchor diameter Effective anchor embedment Tensile N Sa r3 Shear Vsar4 Seismic shearV 5 in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) sar.eq 1*1 1-1/2 4,410 1,390 1,390 112 3/8 (38) (19.6) (6.2) (6.2) 2 2-3/4 4,410 2,290 1,440 (51) (70) (19.6) (10.2) (6.4) 2 3-1/4 7,280 3,505 3,5051/2 (51) (83) (32.4) (15.6) (15.6) 5/8 3-1/8 4 11,675 5,155 4,845 (79) (102) (51.9) (22.9) (21.6) 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 17,080 8,720 7,485 3/4 (83) (95) (121) (76.0) (38.8) (33.3) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile N a =ASeN cps f oa R as noted in CSA A23.3-14,Annex D. 4 Shear determined by static shear tests with Vs.,<Aso cps 0.6 feta R as noted in CSA A23.3-14,Annex D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with Vaar,aq<Aso cps 0.6 f,R as noted in CSA A23.3-14,Annex D. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 34-Steel resistance for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel anchors1'2 1+1 Nominal anchor diameter Tensile N Sa 3 Shear V ^ Seismic Shear V 5 in. lb(kN) lb(kN)a lb(kN) sa`.eq 3/8 4,060 3,010 1,800 (18.1) (13.4) (8.0) 7,890 4,385 4,385 1/2 (35.1) (19.5) (19.5) 5/8 12,680 6,290 5,960 (56.4) (28.0) (26.5) 3/4 16,355 10,015 8,215 (72.8) (44.5) (36.5) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert factored resistance value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile Nsa =A5 fu,a R as noted in CSA A23.3-14,Annex D. 1111,11111W G 11%1 LIM1101,1 „�. Design parameter Symbol Units -- 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 A23.3-14 in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 Nominal anchor diameter d (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.91 (19.1) Effective minimumh in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 r embedment' (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) Min.member thickness' h in. 3-1/4 4 5 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 5-1/2 6 8 8 (mm) (83) (102) (127) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (140) (152) (203) (203) in. 6 4-3/8 4 4-1/8 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 6-1/2 8-3/4 6-3/4 12 10 8 9 Critical edge distance ca (mm) (152) (111) (102) (105) (140) (114) (191) (152) (165) (222) (171) (305) (254) (203) (229) in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 9-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/8 cm," (mm) (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (92) (83) (241) (121) (105) Min.edge distance in. 8 5 5 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 5 10-1/2 8-7/8 for s> (mm) (203) (127) (127) (146) (146) (156) (149) (127) (267) (225) in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 5 5 4 s'" (mm) (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (89) (76) (127) (127) (102) Min.anchor spacing in. 8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 9-1/2 9-1/2 7-3/4 for c> (mm) (203) (92) (92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (241) (197) in. 2 2-5/8 3-3/8 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 4 4-5/8 5-3/4 Min.hole depth in concrete h" (mm) (51) (67) (86) (67) (102) (98) (121) (102) (117) (146) psi 100,000 84,800 84,800 84,800 Min.specified yield strength fY, (N/mm2) (690) (585) (585) (585) Min.specified ult.strength f.,a psi 125,000 106,000 106,000 106,000 (N/mm2) (862) (731) (731) (731) in2 0.052 0.101 0.162 0.237 Effective tensile stress area A.., (mm2) (33.6) (65.0) (104.6) (152.8) Steel embed.material resistance factor for (1)s - 0.85 8.4.3 reinforcement Resistance modification factor for tension,steel R - 0.80 D.5.3 failure modes4 Resistance modification factor R am D.5.3 - for shear,steel failure modes° Factored steel resistanceN lb 4,410 7,280 11,675 17,080 D.6.1.2 in tension ar (kN) (19.7) (32.4) (51.9) (76.0) Factored steel resistance v lb 1,390 2,290 3,505 5,155 8,720 D.7.1.2 in shear s" (kN) (6.2) (10.2) (15.6) (22.9) (38.8) Factored steel resistance v lb 1,390 1,440 3,505 4,845 7,485 in shear,seismic '' ' (kN) (6.2) (6.4) (15.6) (21.6) (33.3) Coeff.for factored concrete breakout resistance, k....., - 10 D.6.2.2 uncracked concrete Coeff.for factored concrete breakout resistance,cracked k« - 7 D.6.2.2 concrete Modification factor for anchor resistance,tension,uncracked y"r, - 1.0 D.6.2.6 concretes Anchor category - - 2 I 1 D.5.3(c) Concrete material �" 0.65 8.4.2 resistance factor Resistance modification factor for tension and shear, R 0.85 1.00 0.5.3(c) concrete failure modes, Condition B6 Factored pullout resistance lb 1,285 1,765 2,880 3,855 6,405 5,795 7,480- in 20-MPa uncracked concrete' NP',u""' (kN) (5.7) (7.8) (12.8) N/A (17 9) N/A (95 5) N/A (25.8) (33.3) 0.6.3.2 Factored pullout resistance inN Ib N/A 1,590 2,220 N/A 3,450 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A D.6.3.2 20 MPa cracked concrete' a°' (kN) (7.1) (9.9) (15.3) 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESL-1067,dated September 2016,table 3,and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 2 See figure 1 of this section. 3 For concrete over metal deck applications where the concrete thickness over the top flute is less than h,."in this table,see figure 6 and tables 43 and 44 of this section. 4 The carbon steel KWIK Bolt TZ is considered a ductile steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D section D.2. 5 For all design cases,ry"N=1.0. The appropriate coefficient for breakout resistance for cracked concrete(k"u,)or uncracked concrete(k"""")must be used. 6 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3-14 section D.5.3 is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified,the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 7 For all design cases,T.,=1.0. NA(not applicable)denotes that this value does not control for design. See section 4.1.4 of ESL-1067 for additional information. 298 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hitti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hitti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 0 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 36-Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure Ii in uncracked concrete1'2m• Nominal Tension-N Shear-V anchor Effective Nominal f'.=20 MPa f'.=25 MPa f'.=30 MPa f'.=40 MPa f'.=20 MPa f' =25 MPa I.=30 MPa f'.=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 1,285 1,435 1,575 1,815 1,300 1,455 1,595 1,840 (38) (46) (5.8) (6.5) (7.0) (8.1) (5.8) (6.5) (7.1) (8.2) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,765 1,970 2,160 2,495 2,380 2,660 2,915 3,365 (51) (59) (7.8) (8.8) (9.6) (11.1) (10.6) (11.8) (13.0) (15.0) 2-3/4 3-1/16 2,880 3,220 3,530 4,075 7,655 8,560 9,375 10,825 (70) (78) (12.8) (14.3) (15.7) (18.1) (34.0) (38.1) (41.7) (48.2) 2 2-3/8 2,380 2,660 2,915 3,365 2,380 2,660 2,915 3,365 1/2 (51) (60) (10.6) (11.8) (13.0) (15.0) (10.6) (11.8) (13.0) (15.0) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,855 4,310 4,725 5,455 9,885 11,050 12,105 13,975 (83) (92) (17.2) (19.2) (21.0) (24.3) (44.0) (49.2) (53.8) (62.2) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,590 5,130 5,620 6,490 9,175 10,260 11,240 12,980 5/8 (79) (90) (20.4) (22.8) (25.0) (28.9) (40.8) (45.6) (50.0) (57.7) 4 4-7/16 6,405 7,165 7,845 9,060 13,465 15,055 16,490 19,040 n (102) (113) (28.5) (31.9) (34.9) (40.3) (59.9) (67.0) (73.4) (84.7) 121 3-1/4 3-13/16 4,940 5,525 6,050 6,990 9,885 11,050 12,105 13,975 (83) (97) (22.0) (24.6) (26.9) (31.1) (44.0) (49.2) (53.8) (62.2) 3/4 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,795 6,475 7,095 8,195 12,100 13,530 14,820 17,115 (95) (110) (25.8) (28.8) (31.6) (36.4) (53.8) (60.2) (65.9) (76.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 7,480 8,360 9,160 10,575 17,395 19,450 21,305 24,600 (121) (141) (33.3) (37.2) (40.7) (47.0) (77.4) (86.5) (94.8) (109.4) Table 37-Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure El in cracked concrete'°2,345 Nominal Tension-N Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f'.=20 MPa f'.=25 MPa f'c=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa f'.=20 MPa f'c=25 MPa 1'0=30 MPa f'c=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 910 1,020 1,115 1,290 910 1,020 1,115 1,290 (38) (46) (4.1) (4.5) (5.0) (5.7) (4.1) (4.5) (5.0) (5.7) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,590 1,780 1,945 2,250 1,665 1,865 2,040 2,355 (51) (59) (7.1) (7.9) (8.7) (10.0) (7.4) (8.3) (9.1) (10.5) 2-3/4 3-1/16 2,220 2,480 2,720 3,140 5,360 5,990 6,560 7,580 (70) (78) (9.9) (11.0) (12.1) (14.0) (23.8) (26.6) (29.2) (33.7) 2 2-3/8 1,665 1,865 2,040 2,355 1,665 1,865 2,040 2,355 1/2 (51) (60) (7.4) (8.3) (9.1) (10.5) (7.4) (8.3) (9.1) (10.5) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,450 3,855 4,225 4,875 6,920 7,735 8,475 9,785 (83) (92) (15.3) (17.1) (18.8) (21.7) (30.8) (34.4) (37.7) (43.5) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,210 3,590 3,935 4,545 6,425 7,180 7,870 9,085 5/8 (79) (90) (14.3) (16.0) (17.5) (20.2) (28.6) (31.9) (35.0) (40.4) 4 4-7/16 4,710 5,270 5,770 6,665 9,425 10,535 11,545 13,330 (102) (113) (21.0) (23.4) (25.7) (29.6) (41.9) (46.9) (51.3) (59.3) 3-1/4 3-13/16 3,460 3,865 4,235 4,890 6,920 7,735 8,475 9,785 (83) (97) (15.4) (17.2) (18.8) (21.8) (30.8) (34.4) (37.7) (43.5) 3/4 3-3/4 4-5/16 4,235 4,735 5,190 5,990 8,470 9,470 10,375 11,980 (95) (110) (18.8) (21.1) (23.1) (26.6) (37.7) (42.1) (46.2) (53.3) 4-3/4 5-9/16 6,090 6,805 7,455 8,610 12,175 13,615 14,915 17,220 (121) (141) (27.1) (30.3) (33.2) (38.3) (54.2) (60.6) (66.3) (76.6) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 13 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 33. Design parameter Symbol Units v 4 v Y v V 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 A23.3-14 in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 Nominal anchor diameter da (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) • Effective minimumin. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 + embedment' he (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 Min.concrete thickness hm;n (mm) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) in. 4-3/8 3-7/8 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 6-1/2 8-3/4 6-3/4 10 8 9 Critical edge distance oa° (mm) (111) (98) (140) (114) (191) (152) (165) (222) (171) (254) (203) (229) in. 2-1/2 2-7/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 4 (mm) (64) (73) (54) (83) (60) (108) (102) Min.edge distance in. 5 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 10 8-1/2 fors> (mm) (127) (146) (133) (140) (140) (254) (216) in. 2-1/4 2-7/8 2 2-3/4 2-3/8 5 4 s"" (mm) (57) (73) (51) (70) (60) (127) (102) Min.anchor spacing in. 3-1/2 4-1/2 3-1/4 4-1/8 4-1/4 9-1/2 7 for c> (mm) (89) (114) (83) (105) (108) (241) (178), in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-1/2 5-3/4 Min.hole depth in concrete h° (mm) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (117) (146) psi 92,000 92,000 92,000 76,125 Min.specified yield strength fYa (N/mm2) (634) (634) (634) (525) Min.specified ult.strength f"e psi 115,000 115,000 115,000 101,500 (N/mm2) (793) (793) (793) (700) int 0.052 0.101 0.162 0.237 Effective tensile stress area ASN (mm2) (33.6) (65.0) (104.6) (152.8) Steel embed.material resistance factor Os 0.85 8.4.3 for reinforcement Resistance modification factor for tension, R - 0.80 D.5.3 steel failure modes3 Resistance modification factor for shear, R _ 0.75 D.5.3 steel failure modes3 Factored steel resistance lb 4,060 7,890 12,680 16,355 D.6.1.2 in tension Nsa` (kN) (18.1) (35.1) (56.4) (72.8) Factored steel resistance lb I 3,010 4,385 6,290 10,015 D.7.1.2 in shear year (kN) (13.4) (19.5) (28.0) (44.5) Factored steel resistancev lb 1,800 4,385 5,960 8,215 in shear,seismic sa'.e4 (kN) (8.0) (19.5) (26.5) (36.5) Coeff.for factored concrete breakoutk - 10 D.6.2.2 resistance,uncracked concrete c,uncr Coeff.for factored concrete breakout k 7 10 7 7 10 7 D.6.2.2 resistance,cracked concrete Modification factor for anchor resistance, 1.0 D.6.2.6 tension,uncracked concrete.' l'°, N - Anchor category - - 1 2 1 1 1 1 D.5.3(c) Concrete material resistance factor (1)° - 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear,concrete failure modes, R - 1.00 0.85 1.00 I 1.00 1.00 1.00 D.5.3(c) Condition B5 Factored pullout resistance lb 1,840 N/A 4,030 N/A N/A 8,440 D.6.3.2 in 20 MPa uncracked concrete' Pr,Pn°` (kN) (8.2) (17.9) (37.5) Factored putout resistance in 20 MPa Ib 1,6351,885 4,095 5,685 N NA NA NA D.6.3.2 cracked eonr.rete6 Pr.°r 04\4 (1 3) to.4) (t8.2) (25.6) - Factored seismic pullout resistance in 20Nlb 1,635 1,635 NA NA 4,095 5,685 NA D.6.3.2 MPa cracked concrete' P'•eG (kN) (7.3) (7.3) (18.2) (25.3) 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC ES ESL-1067,dated September 2016,table 4,and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 2 See figure 1 of this section. 3 The stainless steel KWIK Bolt TZ is considered a ductile steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D section D.2. 4 For all design cases,tp N=1.0. The appropriate coefficient for breakout resistance for cracked concrete(k„)or uncracked concrete(k04 ,)must be used. 5 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3-14 section D.5.3 is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 6 For all design cases,ilk,=1.0. NA(not applicable)denotes that this value does not control for design. See section 4.1.4 of ES-1067 for additional information. 300 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 i v Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 39-Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure I+I in uncracked concretet2,3,0 Nominal Tension-Nr Shear-V anchor Effective Nominal f' =20 MPa 1'.=25 MPa f..=30 MPa fa=40 MPa f'.=20 MPa f'.=25 MPa to=30 MPa f'.=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 2 2-5/16 1,840 2,060 2,255 2,605 2,380 2,660 2,915 3,365 3/8 (51) (59) (8.2) (9.2) (10.0) (11.6) (10.6) (11.8) (13.0) (15.0) 2 2 3/8 2,025 2,260 2,480 2,860 2,025 2,260 2,480 2,860 1/2 (51) (60) (9.0) (10.1) (11.0) (12.7) (9.0) (10.1) (11.0) (12.7) 3-1/4 3 5/8 4,030 4,505 4,935 5,700 9,885 11,050 12,105 13,975 (83) (92) (17.9) (20.0) (22.0) (25.4) (44.0) (49.2) (53.8) (62.2) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,590 5,130 5,620 6,490 9,175 10,260 11,240 12,980 5/8 (79) (90) (20.4) (22.8) (25.0) (28.9) (40.8) (45.6) (50.0) (57.7) 4 4-7/16 6,730 7,525 8,245 9,520 13,465 15,055 16,490 19,040 (102) (113) (29.9) (33.5) (36.7) (42.3) (59.9) (67.0) (73.4) (84.7) rj 3-3/4 4-5/16 6,050 6,765 7,410 8,555 12,100 13,530 14,820 17,115 MI 3/4 (95) (110) (26.9) (30.1) (33.0) (38.1) (53.8) (60.2) (65.9) (76.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 8,440 9,435 10,335 11,935 17,395 19,450 21,305 24,600 (121) (141) (37.5) (42.0) (46.0) (53.1) (77.4) (86.5) (94.8) (109.4) Table 40-Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete"2,3,4,5 IA Nominal Tension-Nr Shear-V anchor Effective Nominal f'.=20 MPa f'.=25 MPa 1'.=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa I.=20 MPa f'.=25 MPa to=30 MPa f',=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 2 2-5/16 1,635 1,830 2,005 2,315 1,665 1,865 2,040 2,355 3/8 (51) , (59) (7.3) (8.1) (8.9) (10.3) (7.4) (8.3) (9.1) (10.5) 2 2 3/8 1,885 2,110 2,310 2,670 2,025 2,260 2,480 2,860 1/2 (51) (60) (8.4) (9.4) (10.3) (11.9) (9.0) (10.1) (11.0) (12.7) 3-1/4 3 5/8 3,460 3,865 4,235 4,890 6,920 7,735 8,475 9,785 (83) (92) (15.4) (17.2) (18.8) (21.8) (30.8) (34.4) (37.7) (43.5) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,210 3,590 3,935 4,545 6,425 7,180 7,870 9,085 5/8 (79) (90) (14.3) (16.0) (17.5) (20.2) (28.6) (31.9) (35.0) (40.4) 4 4-7/16 4,095 4,575 5,015 5,790 9,425 10,535 11,545 13,330 (102) (113) (18.2) (20.4) (22.3) (25.7) (41.9) (46.9) (51.3) (59.3) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,685 6,355 6,960 8,035 12,100 13,530 14,820 17,115 3/4 (95) (110) (25.3) (28.3) (31.0) (35.8) (53.8) (60.2) (65.9) (76.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 6,090 6,805 7,455 8,610 12,175 13,615 14,915 17,220 (121) (141) (27.1) (30.3) (33.2) (38.3) (54.2) (60.6) (66.3) (76.6) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 19 to 26 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 34. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by aN.ae1a=0.75. For the 1/2-inch diameter by 2-inch effective embedment anchor,aN S.,.=0.65. No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information en seismic aoolications. Loads according to Figure 4 Loads according to Figure 5 Nominal Tension-N Shear-V, Tension-N Shear-V anchor Effective Nominal f'c=20 MPa t0=30 MPa to=20 MPa t0=20 MPa f'c=30 MPa f'o=20 MPa diameter embedment embedment (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) , in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 740 910 1,115 700 855 1,175 (38) (46) (3.3) (4.0) (5.0) (3.1) (3.8) (5.2) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,285 1,575 1,360 1,180 1,445 1,815 (51) (59) (5.7) (7.0) (6.0) (5.2) (6.4) (8.1) 2-3/4 3-1/16 1,965 2,405 1,730 n/a n/a n/a (70) (78) (8.7) (10.7) (7.7) 2 2-3/8 1,285 1,575 1,655 1,190 1,460 1,650 1/2 (51) (60) (5.7) (7.0) (7.4) (5.3) (6.5) (7.3) 3-1/4 3-5/8 2,360 2,890 2,590 2,155 2,640 2,515 (83) (92) (10.5) (12.9) (11.5) (9.6) (11.7) (11.2) 3-1/8 3-9/16 1,805 2,210 2,935 2,600 3,180 3,000 5/8 (79) (90) (8.0) (9.8) (13.1) (11.6) (14.1) (13.3) 4 4-7/16 3,330 4,080 3,580 n/a n/a n/a (102) (113) (14.8) (18.1) (15.9) 3-1/4 3-13/16 2,705 3,315 3,085 n/a n/a n/a 3/4 (83) (97) (12.0) (14.7) (13.7) 3-3/4 4-5/16 2,720 3,330 3,945 n/a n/a n/a (95) (110) (12.1) (14.8) (17.5) Table 42-Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel factored resistance in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete 11 over metal deck1'2,3'4,5,6,7 Loads according to Figure 4 Loads according to Figure 5 Nominal Tension-N Shear-V, Tension-N Shear-V anchor Effective Nominal f'.=20 MPa f'0=30 MPa to=20 MPa f c=20 MPa to=30 MPa to=20 MPa diameter embedment embedment (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 625 765 1,115 585 720 1,175 (38) (46) (2.8) (3.4) (5.0) (2.6) (3.2) (5.2) 3/8 2 2-5/16 935 1,145 1,3608 1,060 1,300 1,8158 (51) (59) (4.2) (5.1) (6.0) (4.7) (5.8) (8.1) 2-3/4 3-1/16 1,585 1,940 1,730 n/a n/a n/a (70) (78) (7.1) (8.6) (7.7) 2 2-3/8 935 1,145 1,910 845 1,035 1,650 1r2 (51) (60) (4.2) (5.1) (8.5) (3.8) (4.6) (7.3) 3-1/4 3-5/8 1,675 2,050 3,150 1,920 2,350 2,515 (83) (92) (7.5) (9.1) (14.0) (8.5) (10.5) (11.2) 3-1/8 3-9/16 1,280 1,565 2,9358 1,845 2,260 3,0008 (79) (90) (5.7) (7.0) (13.1) (8.2) (10.1) (13.3) 5/8 4 4-7/16 2,970 3,635 3,8508 n/a n/a n/a (102) (113) (13.2) (16.2) (17.1) 3-1/4 3-13/16 1,920 2,350 3,0858 n/a n/a n/a (83) (97) (8.5) (10.5) (13.7) 3/4 3-3/4 4-5/16 2,025 2,480 3,9458 n/a n/a n/a (95) (110) (9.0) (11.0) (17.5) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear Interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengthc is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute.Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h,,(effective embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison to steel values in table 4 is not required. Values in tables 27 and 28 control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by a,,s,;,=0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 8 For the following anchor sizes,an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic shear conditions: 3/8-in diameter with 1-1/2"effective embedment-a15., =0.77,3/8-inch diameter with 2"and 2 3/4"effective embedment-a ,=0.63 5/8-inch diameter-cc,s=0.94 3/4-inch diameter with 3-1/4"effective embedment-ct s,;g=0.80,3/4-inch diameter with 3-3/4"effective embedment-0V$B18=0.86 302 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 i Mechanical Anchoring Systems KW1K Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 43 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel factored resistance in the top of uncracked 1+1 concrete over metal deck-1,2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f'.=20 MPa f'e=30 MPa re=20 MPa f' =30 MPa diameter embedment embedment (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 1,285 1,575 1,300 1,595 3/8 (38) (46) (5.7) (7.0) (5.8) (7.1) 2 2-5/16 1,765 2,160 2,380 2,915 (51) (59) (7.9) (9.6) (10.6) (13.0) 2 2-3/8 2,380 2,915 2,380 2,915 1/2 (51) (60) (10.6) (13.0) (10.6) (13.0) Table 44- Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel factored resistance in the top of cracked MI concrete over metal deck"2'3'4' Tension-N, 1.1 NominalShear-V anchor Effective Nominal f'e=20 MPa re=30 MPa f'e=20 MPa f,=30 MPa diameter embedment embedment (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 910 1,115 910 1,115 3/8 (38) (46) (4.0) (5.0) (4.0) (5.0) 2 2-5/16 1,590 1,945 1,665 2,040 (51) (59) (7.1) (8.7) (7.4) (9.1) 2 2-3/8 1,665 2,040 1,665 2,040 1/2 (51) (60) (1.4) (9.1) (7.4) (9.1) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 19 to 26 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 33.The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows:for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,mul- tiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by aN,aeis=0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 45-Allowable tensile loads for carbon steel and stainless steel Hilti KB-TZ anchors in the face of grout-filled concrete masonry walls1'3'4'5'6 Allowable Spacing Edge distance Nominal tensile capacity Critical Minimum Load Critical Minimum Load Nominal at spacing, spacing, edge distance, edge distance, anchor embedment sm and c� sc, smin2 multiplier c cm n multiplier diameter at in. in. (mm) lb (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm) smin in. (mm) in. (mm) cmin 3/8 2-5/16 (59) 515 (2.3) 9-1/4 (235) 3 (76) 0.49 0.70 2-3/8 (60) 565 (2.5) 9-1/2 (241) 4 (102) 0.49 0.85 1/2 3-5/8 (92) 735 (3.3) 14-1/2 (368) 0.59 1.00 5/8 3-9/16 (90) 790 (3.5) 14-1/4 (362) 0.66 12 (305) 4 (102) 0.89 4-7/16 (113) 870 (3.9) 17-3/4 (451) 5 (127) 0.60 1.00 4-5/16 (110) 1,060 (4.7) 17-1/4 (438) 0.45 0.80 3/4 '6 (152) 0.85 5-9/16 (141) 1,165 (5.2) 22-1/4 (565) 0.41 Table 46-Allowable shear loads for carbon steel and stainless steel Hilti KB-TZ anchors in the face of grout-filled concrete masonrywalls1'3,4s,e Allowable Spacing Edge distance Nominal shear capacity Critical Minimum Load Critical Minimum Nominal at spacing, spacing, edge distance, edge distance, 1 load II load anchor embedment s and c S smin2 multi c� cmin a CrIter at multiplier multiplier diameter plier in. (mm) lb (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm) smin in. (mm) in. (mm) at cm,n at cmin 3/8 2-5/16 (59) 625 (2.8) 9-1/4 (235) 3 (76) 0.81 1.00 2-3/8 (60) 940 (4.2) 9-1/2 (241) 0.45 0.85 1/2 4 (102) 3-5/8 (92) 1,055 (4.7) 14-1/2 (368) 0.41 0.88 5/8 (90) 1,615 (7.2) 14-1/4 (362) 5 (127) 0.5 12 (305) 4 (102) 0.40 0.87 4-7/16 (113) 1,860 (8.3) 17-3/4 (451) 0.38 0.90 4-5/16 (110) 1,615 (7.2) 17-1/4 (438) 0.40 0.87 3/4 6 (152) 5-9/16 (141) 1,860 (8.3) 22-1/4 (565) 0.38 0.90 1 Values valid for anchors installed in face shells of Type 1,Grade N,lightweight,medium-weight,or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C90.The masonry units must be fully grouted with coarse grout conforming to 2015 IBC Section 2103.3,2012 IBC Section 2103.13,or 2009 and 2006 IBC Section 2103.12.Mortar must comply with 2015 IBC Section 2103.2,2012 IBC Section 2103.9,or 2009 and 2006 IBC Section 2103.8.Masonry compressive strength must be at least 1,500 psi atthe time of anchor installation. 2 Loads tabulated are applicable to anchors spaced a critical distance of 4 times the embedment depth.The anchors may be placed at a minimum spacing,sm,n, provided that reductions are applied to the tabulated values. 3 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1-3/8 inches from any vertical mortar joint(head joint)in accordance with Figure 7. 4 Allowable loads or applied loads may be modified for the 2009 and 2006 IBC,due to short-term wind or seismic loads.See Table 47. 5 Embedment depth must be measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 6 For intermediate edge distances and spacings,allowable loads may be determined by linearly interpolating between the allowable loads at the two tabulated edge distances. 304 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hitti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 , ll Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Figure 7-Acceptable locations(shaded areas)for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ anchors in grout-filled concrete masonry [ 4"minimum edge distance — 12"critical edge distance No installation within 1-3/8"of head joint 'I–' :1‘1‘'..1/\Ilb&.\b&,/kt:11 Ill.A\.. MI/ 11NWj IMF , iii„. :,::::::::::::e – Ifor fullnstallations allowablein loadthis capacity IGI Mortar Joint Concrete Masonry Unit Installation in this area for reduced IMI (Grouted) allowable load capacity Anchor installation is restricted to shaded areas Table 47-Alternative basic load combination adjustment factors under the 2009 or 2006 IBC1'2,3 Modification factor Modification factor for allowable loads for alternate basic load combinations for short-term loading conditions Tension Shear Tension Shear 0.75 0.75 1.33 1.33 1 When using the basic load combinations in accordance with IBC Section 1605.3.1,allowable loads must not be increased for wind or seismic loading. 2 When using the alternative basic load combinations in the 2009 or 2006 IBC Section 1605.3.2 that include wind or seismic loads,the allowable loads for anchors may be increased by the tabulated factors found in the right half of the table.Alternatively,the basic load combinations may be reduced by multiplying them by the factors found on the left half of the table.For example,the alternate basic loads for wind or seismic loading may be multiplied by 0.75 or divided by 1.33,as applicable.For the 2015 and 2012 IBC,the allowable loads or load combinations must not be adjusted. 3 The above modification factors are applicable under the 2009 or 2006 IBC only,for Tables 45 and 46 for seismic and wind loads. Installation Instructions For Use(IFU)are included with each product package.They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com. Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance.Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. 3.3.5.6 Ordering information' Description Length Threaded length Box quantity KB-TZ 3/8x3 3 1-1/2 50 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3 KB-TZ SS316 3/8x3 3 7/8 50 KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 2-1/4 50 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 3/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 50 KB-TZ 3/8x5 5 3-1/2 50 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x5 5 2-7/8 50 KB-TZ 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 20 KB-TZ 1/2x4-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x4-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x4=1/2 4-1/2 2-3/8 20 KB-TZ 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x5-1/2 5-1/2 3-3/8 20 KB-TZ 1/2x7 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x7 7 4-7/8 20 KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 5/8x4-3/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 15 KB-TZ 5/8x6 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x6 KB-TZ SS316 5/8x6 6 2-3/4 15 KB-TZ 5/8x8-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x8-1/2 8-1/2 5-1/4 15 KB-TZ 5/Bx10 KB-TZ 55304 5/8x10 10 6-3/4 15 KB-TZ 3/4x5-1/2 5-1/2 2-1/2 10 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 3/4x5-1/2 5-1/2 1-1/2 10 KB-TZ 3/4x7 7 4 10 KB-TZ 3/4x8 8 5 10 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x8 8 4 10 KB-TZ 3/4x10 10 7 10 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x10 KB-TZ SS316 3/4x10 10 6 10 1 All dimensions in inches Table 44- KWIK Bolt TZ length identification system Length ID marking on A BCDE F GH I J K LMNOPQR S T U VW bolt head Length From 1 1/2 2 2 14 3 3 1/2 4 4 14 5 5 1/2 6 6 14 7 7 1/2 8 8 1/2 9 9 1/2 10 11 12 13 14 15 of anchor, Up to but not 2 21/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/ 6 6 Y2 7 7 1/2 8 8 14 9 9 1/2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 tench including in. Figure 8 — Bolt head with length identification mark and KWIK Bolt TZ head notch embossment 4 .i' 0w 306 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hiiti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 P.U. Box 3365 South 9 Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 077 ATTACHMENT FITTING LOCKING 17132" 17132" v 077D DUCTILE BASE PLATE 077S STEEL BASE PLATE SIZE- BRACE PIPE: 1" and 1 1/4" Sch.40 MATERIAL-Carbon Steel,Ductile Iron or S.S. (Type 304). FINISH-Plain or E.G. LISTING/APPROVAL- e ut °S 203A-EX2625 FM FM Approved- 1950 OSHPD See Website. LISTED FUNCTION-Structure attachment fitting of an AIS"CON sway brace assembly. C ut us Max. Horizontal Load Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with LISTED NEPA 13 and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Size 1-1 1/4 2015 INSTALLATION-Per these instructions including NEPA 13 or FM 2-8. Load rating-see chart. ASSEMBLY Combine with proper AFCON components-see disclaimer below. Insert brace pipe thru fitting near pivot bolt. Tighten set bolt until head contacts bracket. FM Max.Horizontal Load FEATURES * Swivel allows attachment at any angle. 30-44' 45-59'60-74° 75-90' *Visual inspection,verifies proper installation. Size 1-1 1/4 630 870 1620 1810 *Larger fastener hole available.-Consult factory. ORDERING-Part#. size-brace pipe and finish. 47COV products are thtclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other A PCOA products including parts and fasteners.resulting in a listed sway brace restrainer or hanger assembly Be advised the MIlowing warranty r triciion.,ill apply. DISCI.41111tH A ICON will NOT reactant against the failure of its products when used in combination with tidier products,parts or systems not manuractui-9 or sold by AFCOV.APTOR shall NOT he liable e and r any circumstances whatsoever tot any dircct or indirect,incidental or consequential damages of any kind,including but not limited to Its of imsiness or profit,when none.11COU products have been,or ore used 9/14 kW, , ;.0",,gliliPrrallA • , ..tefirt70(9L0 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 415 PIPE CLAMP SIZE- 1/2 thru 12 inch pipe. MATERIAL-Carbon Steel. FINISH-Plain,E.G.,H.D.G. and S.S. • • LISTINGS- irk c1147us EX 2551 2"-8"pipe. CONFORMS WITH:Federal Specification WW-H- 171E,type 4, 1 1/2 thru 24 inch and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69,type 4. FUNCTION-Hanger component for use on steel pipe. ORDERING-Part#,pipe size and finish. Special Note: This product is not listed to be used as —sr part of a sway brace assembly-see part#410. ' T- i 1 I ..___1______ ) -1--- ir iE -MMX-7-REC.LOAD-L-BS.,- PIPE A BOLT APPROX. B C FOR SERVICE TEMP. SIZE SIZE650°F 650°F 750°F 2" 5" 1/2" 2 1/8" 3/8 1040 930 93 2 1/2" 6" 5/8" 2 1/8" 1/2 1040 930 126 3" 6 3/4" 5/8" 2 7/8" 1/2 1040 930 141 3 1/2" 7 1/4" 5/8" 3 5/16" 1/2 1040 930 154 4" 7 3/4" 3/4" 3 3/8" 5/8 1040 930 229 5" 8 7/8" 3/4" 4 3/8" 5/8 1040 930 261 6" 11 1/4" 7/8" 4 3/4" 3/4 1615 1440 537 8" 13 1/8" 1" 513/16' 3/4 1615 1440 625 10" 16 1/2" 1" 71/4" 7/8 2490 2220 1378 12" 18 1/2" 1" 8 1/4" 7/8 2490 2220 1574 NOTE:MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE:750°F , -,-,--- 1/08 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www, Afcon.org 001/020 SWAY BRACE FITTING MODEL E Part#077 101 t 1 w� `► 1"min. SIZE-SYSTEM PIPE: Nominal Steel 1"that 4" Sch. 10 and Sch.40 Q Max.ASD Horizontal Load SIZE-BRACE PIPE: 1"or l 1/4" Sch.40 System LAPS Sch. 30°44' 45°-59' 60`-74°75°-90° MATERIAL-Carbon Steel or S.S.(Type 304). FINISH-Plain or E.G. 1° 40 430 161030 175060 1840 80 1 1/4"-1 1/2" LW-40 90 130 160 180 LISTING/APPROVAL- 2° LW 190 280 340 380 10 550 790 960 1080 FM FM Approved-1950 21///2"-4" 40 500 710 870 320 OSHPD See Website. 2 1/2"-4" 10 , 260 370 460 510 4" 40 1030 1460 1790 1990 FUNCTION- Lateral fitting of an AFCON sway brace assembly. INSTALLATION-Per these instructions including NEPA 13 and FM 2-8. Load rating-see chart. ASSEMBLY-See drawing. Combine with proper AFCON components-see disclaimer below. Insert brace pipe through rod bend and under channel bracket to achieve minimum 1"extension. Tighten hex nuts until gage spring lays flat or torque to 165 lb-in. FEATURES *Visual inspection,verifies proper installation. ORDERING-Part#,size-system pipe, size-brace pipe and finish. Specific FCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other 4FCOArproducts including parts and fasteners,resulting in a listed sway brace,restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER-AFCON will NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products,parts or systems not manutacmred or sold by 4FCOV.AFCON shall NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect,incidental or consequential damages of any kind,including but not limited to loss of business or profit,when non-.4FCON products have been,or are used. • 8%l4 7 SSARR9V,..§3:4,,P,...PIPT-P5A-PF.arJ19:n9,11,l!RPI:)qc-1 ,,,,, ‘, ,.„,,,,,,,,,,. .,, ....„,„,.,,, ,,,,,.,,,,,,,„,, ,,,,,,,„,,,,,....,419 ti2Zw.,c, -fret„n ; ® €) 11> SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS SERIES 247 Designed for NFPA 13, 13D and 13R commercial and residential requirements,the Victaulic :. Series 247 Zone Control Riser Module features a cast body,and is compact and easy to install in zoned wet sprinkler systems.The integrated module body consists of a shut off valve,test • ,., and drain valve combination and different orifice sizes(K factors),a UL Listed and FM , Approved Flow Switch,and a Pressure Gauge.The Series 247 FireLock Zone Control Riser Module is available in sizes from 1 through 2"/33.4-60.3mm.The 1" module has 1" FNPT ends on the main pipe.The 11/4'through 2" modules have grooved ends for installation in the . horizontal or vertical up-flow positions with UL Listed, FM Approved Victaulic grooved ,-; couplings. Each module has a 1" NPT drain port. The Series 247 FireLock Zone Control Riser Module is FM Approved for working pressures up STYLE 247 to 365psi/2517kPa and is UL and ULC Listed for working pressures up to 300psi/2065kPa. PATENT PENDING An optional pressure relief valve kit is available for all sizes. Pressure relief valve kit is FM Approved and UL and ULC Listed for working pressures up to 175psi/1200kPa. DIMENSIONS Module Body Size Dimensions-Inches/mm Aprx.Weight Each Ir®ro ' B F 1 U 6J iii, r Vii ,- 1 1.315 1 11.45 6.00 5.77 3.50 10.05 7.48 15.2 I I III 25 33.4 33.4 290.8 152.4 146.5 88.9 255.3 190.0 6.9 :?'1.r 1311. 1.660 11.45 6 00 5.77 3.50 10.05 748 15.2 �} lw \ F 32 42.2 334 290.8 152.4 146.5 88.9 255.3 1900 69 .iimilidir41 I 1 1/z 1.900 1 11.45 6.13 5.77 3.50 10.05 7.48 15.5 40 48.3 33.4 290.8 155.7 146.5 88.9 255.3 190 0 7.0 2 2.375 1 11.45 6.43 5.77 3.50 10.05 7.48 19.9 A E 50 60 3 33.4 290.8 163.3 146.5 88.9 255.3 190.0 9.0 1-2725-50mm Nominal Sizes (Valves shown above in the"test"position. Shown with Pressure Relief Valve Kit Installed) Orifices Nominal Size inches ✓ 13, ��'. v Hose Clamp 1 K2.8,K3.0,K3.5,K4.2,K4.9,K5.6 ., 1.25 K2.8,K3.0,K3.5,K4.2,K4.9,K5.6 6 Pressure Relief Valve 1.5 K2.8,K3.0,K3.5,K4.2,K4.9,K5.6 Barbed Fitting 2 K2.8,K3.0,K3.5,K4.2,K4.9,K5.6 Hose Clamp Close Nipple 26\6514 "-""-Drain Tubing Elbow Barbed Fittng Nominal Size Drain Type Drain Size inches Optional Pressure Relief Valve Kit Detail 1 FNPT 1" 1.25 FNPT 1 1.5 FNPT 2 FNPT JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved _ k MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Module Body:Cast from ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12 with integral Victaulic grooved ends. Finish:orange enamel. Shut-off and Test/Drain Valve:Chrome plated brass ball,S 37700 brass clapper,416SS or 410SS shafts, Delrin orifice,virgin Teflon*,enhanced Teflon and EPDM rubber seals. *Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Coupling:Any UL Listed,FM Approved Victaulic coupling may also be used. Note:Couplings not included with product. Waterflow Detector:System Sensor Model WFDTH vane type waterflow detector with sealed retard, visual switch activation,and mechanical delay adjustment.Cover includes tamper resistant security screws and tool. Note:ULC model WFDTHA includes cover tamper switch. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. WARNING A - . . A • This product must be installed by an experienced,trained installer, in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve.These instructions contain important information. __ Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage, or valve leakage. lir- 4 If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions, or if you have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton,PA 18044-0031 USA,Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 10.97 5374 REV E UPDATED 1/2012 uctaulic° VICTAULIC ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.97 Victaulic® FireLock NXTTM Dry Valve ✓ctaulic` Series 768N • 31.80 *4:7.,. . • I ti Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: • 11/2—8" /40—200 mm Pressure Class: • Up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/21 Bar Minimum Air Pressure: • 13 psi/90 kPa/.90 Bar Acutation Options: • Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator • Optional: Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator Valve Configurations: • Bare • Pre-trimmed: Completely assembled with all necessary trim components. • Vic-Quick Riser: Pre-trimmed and includes: • Shut Off Valve (11/2740 mm: Series 728 Ball Valve, 2" —8"/50—200 mm: Series 705 FireLock Butterfly Valve) • Pre-set high or low air and alarm pressure switches • Drain kit • Fire-Pac Series 745 (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.23) Pipe Preparation: • Victaulic Original Groove System Application/Media: • For use on fire protection systems only. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. • • System No. __......... y Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date 104-1a/02 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, grade 65-45-12. Clapper: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Latch: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Shafts: Stainless 17-4 Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM, ASTM D2000 Bushings/Seat 0-rings: Nitrile Springs: Stainless Steel (300 Series) Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement m m 0, e' . lii.‘ ,,,04 m,q0 eg o'Io © o ...--lilt 1m 0i, -In o 0 Tho The 11/2-inch/48 and 2-inch/60.3-mm valve sizes contain washers under the heads of the cover plate bolts. Item Description Item Description .__...._._ 1 E Valve Body 11 Cover Plate 2 Clapper 12 Cover Plate Gasket 3 Clapper Seal 13 Cover Plate Bolts 4 Seal Ring Latch ® S Seal Washer 15 Latch • in. i ..... 6 Seal Retaining Ring 16 Latch Spring Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 7 Seal Assembly Bolt . 17 Diaphragm 8 i Clapper Spring 18 Diaphragm Cover _ . ve.._ 9 1 Clapper Shaft 19 Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws(Qty.8) 10 Clapper Shaft Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 20 Latch Shaft • • 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2ictaulac victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) El Standard Trim Package: • Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator—The Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator is pneumatically actuated and requires only 13 psi/90 kPa minimum air pressure, regardless of the system supply pressure. This actuator allows the system to operate with a low air or gas pressure of 7 psi/48 kPa. • All required pipe nipples and fittings - standard galvanized finish • All standard trim accessories • All required gauges Ei O• ptional Trim Package: Black Trim for Foam Systems— If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must be ordered, per NFPA requirements. Specify this requirement on the order. Optional Accessories: A• larm Pressure Switch—Alarm Pressure Switches are designed to activate electrical alarms and control panels when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Included in VQR trim. Li A• ir Supervisory Pressure Switch—Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low and high system air pressure and are factory pre-set. Included in VQR trim. 0 Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator—The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the Series 768N Dry Valve is installed in large systems to improve response time. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.64. S• eries 760 Water Motor Alarm—The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device that sounds when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.32. O Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device—The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.33. Series 75D Water Column Kit—The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.34. O Air Supply System —The air supply system contains all components for establishing and maintaining air in the system. The compressor, low-pressure alarms, ball valves, and required trim are included in the air supply system. Li Air Compressor (See page 6 for more on the Victaulic Series 7C7 Compressor Package) U Air Maintenance Trim Assembly ri F• ire Alarm Control Panels El D• rain Connection Kit— Included in VQR option. Ntl est e r iikle 6l '9, l Li(19 r y1 ,3 J I.. to/ e+- "�" l3 Orange shaded ar si dentify compun s[hat are optional equipm Three rnmrvmrntxan.eanAxM wh...eFevna x......til.•....Ae..A a. 1 ...„ __d_ . G I , A I- . A :ftA L I E--I-NT-II -I -immirt ' ono...mm. 4 1 I 82 II a ..k ik v Y I .0-I' -/-41410.10 -T.' .44..11lik. - V el' I 4,,c, F B D IR( ill ii BI 141:WrilllYtrin:AP ________ blil-11 J1110. I. • itr-I-AlliViii iffits A IP -it =J.. ow ei k le IA- .1 . ..„......?„.„, D1 111 --) :iiii7,• II- Vill41114e**7•fieisacqt0 Al ' 'I..- 111-11M 11111, :47,11.1.1*,, 11:1111i110MW4iP• ••=1,,,,.,inigririt.4 1,1IvA1J -11 Ckil7.`„ ‘!44.1.- / ,...13,4? '4-7;4E L ,ilr.oi.4-4': 55' M. 1 4-1<-).-4---E c_______,.. Full Open • 1 Dimensions , . Weight Each : , • - . , . , , .••• Nominal , . , . , . •Without: With : . ••• .• . Size A i Al B Bl . B2IC D Dl . EF ; Fl G H . .11 iK L Trim I Trim inches linches inches'inches inches.inches,inches inches inches inches:inches:inches inches inches'inches inches inches i lbs lbs DN 1 mm mm , mm mm '. mm mm I mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg , r ' ,6,- • ,.4.''; . -''16.37 27,75 1 32.25 146,00 1 10,25 ' 1100 i 16.25 , 9,00 , 10.00 1 5.50 27.25 3.25 10.25 6.00 8.25 ' 16.7 , 43.0 1 ,--D1440-,*",l''•:; .li 415:801)05_1.819. 1108 L260-,;;- •0, ' 413 .1-1229 1 254 . 140 692 83 260 152 210 i 7.6 19.5 2 i 9.00 13.83 27.75 , 32.25 • 46.00 10.00 13.00 16.50 : 9.00 ; 10.00 6.75 27.00 3.25 10.25 6.00 8.75 17.0 43.0 DN50 '228.601351.28 705 - 819 . 1168 254 ' 330 419 ! 229 . 254 171 686 83 ' 260 152 222 7.7 ' 19.5 2% 12.61 *-16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.0cyi,--, 6 I ityoo a,00 i 25.50 ' 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 65.0 320.29 41945, 749 870 1213 318 356 457 1 241' i 254 203 1 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.5 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 i 9.50 , 10.00 8.00 , 25.50 4.00 • 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 65.0 76.1 mm 320.29 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.5 3 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 . 14.00 18..00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 66.0 DN80 320.29 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457, 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.9 4 15.03 19.85 30.25 34.75 48.25 15.00 16.00 22.00 11.00 11.25 9.25 25.25 4.75 8.50 8.00 7.00 59.0 95.0 pN 1 oo ,381.761504.19 768 883 1226 i 381 406 559 279 286 235 i 641 : 121 216 203 178 26.7 43.0 16.00 -22.13 31.25 35.75 50.25 15.25 17.00 28.75 11.00 11.75 11.75 ' 25.50-r 4.50 8.25 8.25 7.25 80.0 116.0 1651 loml --, - -,.•,- 1406.401-2.10 794 908 1276 387 432 730 .,,. 279 298 298 ,, 648 114 210 210 184 36.2 52.6 6 ' 16.00 22.13 . 31.25 : 35.75 . 50.25 15.25 i 17.00 28.75 11.00 11.75 11.75 . 25.50 4.50 8.25 i 8.25 7.25 80.0 ; 116.0 DN150 406.40 562.10 794 908 ! 1276387L 432 730 279 • 298 298 648 114 . 210 210 184 36.2 1 52.6 1V' , 17.5&i&02:1 3.3-00137.75 51.251'1025 116.25 25.25 12.25 10.00 13.75 26.00 4.75 8.25 i'9.25 I 7,75 ' 122.0 158.0 '!'CV-200 1444.501584.71 I .838 1 959.. 1302 4-"19; 413 641 311 254 349 660 121 210 i .235_1. 197 I 55.3 , 71.6 NOTES • The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. • The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. • The"Dl"dimension is not a fixed measurement.The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • Themoommended drain connection kit(shown in orangc)is for-reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the_VIIR assembly is ordered. . . 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 victaulic' victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Hydraulic Friction Loss The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65"F/18"C through an open valve. 6.0 5.0 4.0 , afi F n,°� h of O 1.0 s.. 09 ce 0.6 m 0.5 N 0.4 w ce 03 0.2 , 0.1 " 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 800 3,000 8,000 FLOW RATE-GPM Frictional Resistance Cv Values: The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Cv values for flow of water at+60°F/+16°C through a Victaulic Series 768N FireLock NXT. fully open valve are shown in the table below. Dry Valve in equivalent feet of straight pipe. Formulas for Cv values Where: Equivalent AP=Q2/Cv2 Flow Coefficient C. ' Nominal Actual Length of Q=Cv x N/AP P Size Outside Diameter Pipe Q(Flow) GPM > inches inches feet DN 'T 4P(Pressure Drop) psi mm meters 1'' Valve Size DN40 4883 0.914 ._._ __.__ Full Open Actual D 2 2.375 9.00 Nominal Outside 60.3 2 743 Size Diameter Flow Coefficient '/z 2 2.875 8 inches inc1Vt10hes C� 73 0 2.438 mm mm K, 76.1 mm 3.000 8.00 1 60 76.1 2.439 ' 40 48.3 520 3 3.50$80 1751„082 DN80 2 2.375 110 1 50 60.3 95.0 4 4.500 DN100 114.3 21.00 i V ' ! 2.875 ;_ `18i) -' 6.401 65 73.0 156,0, 165.1 mm 6.500 2.00 . 3.000 180 165.1 6 706 76.1 mm 6 76.1 156.0 6.625 22.00 (` 3 3.500 DN150 168.3 6706 80 _ 9 200 L..__,,.. 173.0 8 8.625 ' 5000 4 4.500 350 DN200 213 P 15.240�:: 100 114.3 302.8 365,1 mm > 6.500 1000 «. ,. 165.1 865.0 6 6.625 1000 150 168.3 865.0 8 8.625 1500 - 200 219.1 1499.1 • • - • - - • • Maximum Recommended: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 Bar • Multiple Series 768N FireLock NXT Dry Valves with a common air supply: • Isolate systems with a Victaulic spring—loaded, soft-seated ball check valve to ensure air integrity and serviceability of each system. • Sizing the compressor: • Engineer/system designer is responsible • Entire system must be charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes to meet NFPA requirements • An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation • Compressor filling the system too fast: • May be necessary to restrict the air supply • Ensure that air exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is exhausted • Compressor Requirements • Base or Riser Mounted Compressors: • "On" or "low" pressure setting: 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar • "Off" or "high" pressure setting: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 Bar • Victaulic Series 7C7 riser mounted and pre-set for pressure requirements (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.22). • If the compressor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with pressure switch should be installed (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.36). • Shop Air or Tank-Mounted Air Compressors: • Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be installed (refer to Victaulic submittal 30..35) • 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar should be used as the set point for the air regulator • The compressor cut-in (turn-on) pressure setting should be at least 5 psi/34kPa/34 Bar above the set point of the air regulator. • Exploded View Trim: Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.35) • Compressor Requirements and settings for systems installed with series 746 or series 746-LPA dry accelerators • A tank-mounted air compressor with a Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used to supply air to system installed with a Series 746 or Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. • In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank-mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection, since air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victauhc com 6 ✓ctaulic 11 victaulic.com • 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS • ' 111111111A% " mumy` 0 Moll • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS ``Air Maintenance biii F r r ib y Series 51 Sohrnittek 30 36Air Maintenance Tom Assembly Series 757?Submittal Compressor Package Series 707 Submittal itta€ 30.32 Fire:.,.ckim Water Motor Marro Series 760 Submittal 30.65:FireLockry Low Pressure Actuator SeilEf 776 Submittal l-758P.Fi-el cck NXI'm Dry Vaive Series 768N installation Manual • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard safety,and warning instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation,advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede,or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format onucts,our websitee at compete www.ingly ctauliinscallat coom. and assembly data,and are available product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Trademarks property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. , . ' ,„ • , . i 4Wg4M,A ...;<,‘,. •*%'--‘": ' 4.\\ , ,,,.. i . ,. "‘,•-' I • , •_, '''''''' A'.V •-:!!'i:::1,:';''',1 ',NINEw.: ;47. ,s,,‘!:::.,,,• , . Comm A IRE .,,,,, : „ ,•i‘‘:,,,,„,, NA .A-,,4 , - 2:-;:,:, ::0,1,,4,,:-;•,, , ::i ,,,,,,,,, , . .•,„:„, COMPRESSORS if-,.-:•; ....P1';-?' ,,,.: -----".,,!,-H':1',74. :,''ett'is,".'1'..:"':;7-Yi'... .-T.':. Y5'-' .•,.,,,t,:rj,,, vz::--: — '--. ,,,:‘,,:: : ..: • - '''' :, I.„ -:*:,,i,, 44.4:,r; 7; ;415 4 .4 Ilt".4 kv"41,ft," '•. "..1;;;• •, ,*0*.:14-.,- -•', - •‘' - . •.,.. ;, .,7 • 1, ' 1 .‘", ' -,',,,• .. ,''T'S ' , .,,•,1 ,,..,-.0 ';: $,,,,,, ,1,..,..;- ,;„ •••nr, , 'Y.3 1* -..,. ..7- ,.•':F?•:t:!:,, -4k- - • "-:',Al?, ,ti • , „- :Alita, 'A.- , • - , ••.:1\'-':'t . ,-;•, ,.•X -i ,,-•.' ' ' t • 3AlA lf ,i-' i.: ..,:viSTALL „. ,,, , , r ,...WM ' '"' '''''N‘S. 11.:" ' ).,.P'S':. , t .1p t..': :t , ,, '72''''' • ,.,, SET PRESSURE' IN SECONDS zteg \ 0 .., „::,::, .k'• •,'W‘4 i •'NN ; + 1J: • l' :.•„. . . . .. WHISPER QUIET - €4)dB v I . \ . ‘2 '1 FOR USE WITHOUT AN AM . • s e • •i .,,,,r, ....,, Fr ',I.:4 • ' ihob,„ , .,,.<,,,. , •::!I3IF- ' • A MAINTENANCE DEVICE— , 61-,,,,-- 1 ' tilt:a.'`': '"""•"', A V '''%1'.,,- .0 , 0 0 *It, ..-..„. -' :‘,,,, Sk G TIME :*„1 MONEYI . . , ,,. . , bh. -k -I - li: ‘t .‘‘‘F.:,,, :,-; ,...%.•X::.,- ;-,-' -', 1 - SET PRESSURE IN SECONDS :vit: 'VAC i IDEAL FOR QUIET SETTINGS SYSTEM CAPACITY 40 PSI 261 GALLONS ?:!:''„ • , +"''''.\,A‘‘‘‘,\A:s.Ts.t':. ::. f',1",;\,i.,..‘''':ke A Nursing Homes ,,' '.."‘.*.i4Ift:.- .,,,...",,,:tst,,\ r" •"" _ , _ __ 2,LPSI 522 GALLONS itiFkm, :17',. - -§„--:-,Ilvis..40, -Apartments 10 PSI 1044 GALLONS Churches PRESSURE SWITCH ADJUSTAINI:S-5Spiti ' ,r• ,:"•, • '•‘;',<•; ;V:••'',:t.tr7i,•=•• , .• : - FACTORYSETAT15-,;:.11 ,:: ',, •;: ,'.';'' ";,?.1.•!•-r'•''' . ",.. ...., MtNIMUtiOIEFE.• "-..'5`;•;...;,", , ;• • INCLUDES MOUNTING BRACKET AND , . r . 30"STEEL BRAIDED FLEX HOSE CFM 3.68 @10PS1 ,,„,„..,• ,,,„ ,.140,_;:.„, .:! :- Mit *". =',*2,-.4itc,,visic 4e,w,.r.''' :„-X.'-,-• ' PATENT PENDING • -1 .. , CYLINDERS CERAMIC CO*OSITE c: '. Listings: , . ''' •4iiii4. 1: 111$11pointt.,.„."„ Allina251.117t,;,,;:::,,,,;;;73111k,,,tr ;: Pressure Switch: * ,s;filL,„:-.: .•:•:'=1;:;,,,' "7.7.7::t.' 2= ;:"“ C22.2 No.14 4 , : ', • • Compressor: C222No 6892 " . ,.... , .., ,s ' . •'K ''.‘,.'''!:, ';'' ''s!%;'''. ,,,:,''', ' . ...amo <.4,,k„....,,..m,,...1*,,..».., BREAKER SIZE 15''''' %.11144006111ii*. • MOUNTS TO RISERS 2.5"AND LARGER DIMENSIONS 2rli ,‘T•on L, The .4civanteg , : we . '.: vz....,,,,,,:';',z„,,;;;,',;,z4,--,,,,,;::;;",,;,:'i:,;: .380 WEST isr SIRE-,DRESSER.'NI 54009 ,_ ,..,, 800 2'62.2247,7 6$1.462 3440/I ',/4",AMI 0.ARc..1\1,..,LOM 1 N S : ,t, ...4,<,..,.,„,,,,,,,, :1, ''':„. 2, l'it • , i , 4 , Wit`: £ MOUNT TO RISER MOUNT TO CINDER BLOCK/CONCRETE WALL ��` -,¢4 i ,E c''� iI ,:,, , la'k,l..,. •,. - , ,, i', y .,, ' ...Fnatcohn rdrillholesforhalloeuwa 2 P€}th4Noww,+allanchap'Efthole% irtdhar w„ �✓.' � �` / � ate. 4''. ":,,. 2.H-ai,g un't or,na;unung bracke. s `a ,- \ +�P c r . r y • ,a �. •a #,( 2 iipit f. az \ \ .. .1 wa ffi v ..,±Tapvck holwttowh wallhammanorchn,intocaindnr 4.Attach mounting bracket to wall 3.aott a mt to mounting hracket 4.Install air filter assernbEy MOUNT TO DRYWALL , / • c r ” tirac eha;h'se 0',.;back'o\irariit ttinghr $.Attach 2x46 to studs in drywall 2.Attach,nountngbracket to,,,m11. �� •� � , '. ,* ,4;-,,4- ' ',,Az7-'.-', , , - . • !.,:i;:its. ,,,,,,,,,i-t:',,',,,,,vo.., 7,,,,,,,t.,,,,‘ 7.Shp bolt throw h unit to noun ting 8,Tighten holt to ow?and r,1,,Lt,ntrng 3.Hang unitot,to the rnoentotghracket 4.Slip baolt through unit to mounung bra,- r bracket p 0 ...";0011. ' • , S.Titthtsrr Hatt to 005 a it iris art'n, 6.Instar€a r fit'- r'. -art,ly b rr�r''o 9 la4at!tir his a-,sznibl 1• • S t fly Valveeco. ® LISTED NSF-61-G SERIES 7B2 Affi1 The Series 7B2 butterfly valve features a weatherproof actuator housing approved for indoor or outdoor use for domestic water or combined domestic water/fire protection services. It has a ductile iron body and disc with an EPDM coating.The body is coated with a heat fused polyphenylene sulfide blend. For fire protection services,the Series 7B2 valve is cULus Listed and FM Approved for 175 psi/1206 kPa service.They are also NSF certified per ANSI NSF-61-Gfit for cold 73°F/23°C potable water service. Weatherproof Actuator Supervisory switches for valves are standard on sizes 21/2—10"/65—250 mm pre-wired (PW). Switches are set up to supervise the valve in the open position. Tapped Outlets Series 7B2 valves can be ordered with optional 3/4" NPT tapped outlets,two upstream and two downstream of the disc. Locations of these ports are detailed by the diagram on page 2.Tapped port locations are capable of including two 3/a" FNPT ports on each side of the valve(up to four total). The 6"/150 mm size valve comes standard with four tapped ports. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12,coated with polyphenylene sulfide blend Disc: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, EPDM coating Disc Coating: • Grade"E"EPDM EPDM(Green color code).Temperature range—30°F to+230°F/-34°C to+110°C.Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,oil-free air and many chemical services.NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES.* Stem Bearings:Teflon with stainless steel backing Stem Nuts:Type 416 Stainless Steel 0-Ring:EPDM Plugs for Optional Ports:Bronze,C89833 per ASTM B584 or C65100 per ASTM B98 Bracket:Carbon steel,painted Actuator: • 21 —8765—200 mm:Bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw,in a cast iron housing • 10'/250mm:Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing *Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these seals are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved DIMENSIONS w - L iptilii Di m 4 E Iiii0aill I'-F Nk < G O H ( B 'I N J < A > Valve Size Dimensions-Inches/millimeters "--.#1',,:,,,;',j'e . >6'73:""r7tg4".cr:',:;17'ERITZ.Rti?gt,'''';','"'"1WiRk• ' Q 1m t *" s 1044,g inches E to hA ', os � ' !„.4E,:;.:..., ,,...::::„ A ' .awsa-"+.. � .� W •a\ ffP ..52;x'� . 3�ai� -�J`MS�d}�'ffi�.aK�'£�6�in'.,-fir .•,•:. $, �, � :. ., m_.._ 2'/z 2.875 6.00 3.00 9.80 3.92 1.80 178 5.30 5.45 8.10 0.97 4.50 6.97 1.13 2.25 9.4 65 73.0 152 76 249 100 46 45 135 138 206 25 114 177 29 57 4.2 3 3.500 6.25 3.12 10.48 4.28 2.14 2.10 j 5.30 5.45 8.10 0.97 4.50 7.61 1.28 2.56 10.2 80 i 88.9 159 79 266 109 54 53 135 138 206 25 114 193 33 65 4.6 4 ' 4.500 6.63 3.32 11.89 4.65 2.71 2.60 5.88 5.45 8.39 0.97 4.50 9.05 1.38 275 15.8 100 114.3 168 84 302 118 69 66 149 138 213 25 114 230 35 70 7.1 6 6.625 7.00 3.50 13.74 5.65 3.61 3.60 7.63 5.45 9.27 ! 0.97 ' 4.50 10.92 1.67 3.33 26.0 150 168.3 178 89 349 144 92 91 194 138 236 25 114 277 42 85 11.7 8 i 8.625 8.00 4.00 16.92 7.94 5.00 5.40 10.80 8.28 13.68 2.05 6.00 ', 14.06 1.84 3.69 54.0 200 :' 219.1 203 102 430 202 127 137 274 210 348 52 152 357 47 94 24.3 10 10.750 8.00 4.00 19.18 8.68 5.84 6.19 12.38 8.34 14.53 2.05 9.00 15.90 1.88 3.76 80.0 250 273.0 203 102 487 221 148 157 325 212 369 52 229 404 48 96 39.3 *Indicates maximum envelope width. 1.To prevent rotation of valves,it is recommended that Series 7B2 valves be installed with a Victaulic rigid coupling. 2.When the Series 7B2 valve is used on Class 53/54 ductile iron pipe,a Style 307 transition coupling must be used. 3.When the Series 7B2 valve is used in conjunction with a PPS coated Series 717 check valve for dual entry water systems,a Style 107H or 07 coupling must be used to join the two valves together.Contact Victaulic for details. 4.Victaulic grooved end Series 7B2 butterfly valves are permitted for use with grooved end(IPS)pipe or grooved end cast ductile iron pipe only. Not permitted for use with plain end pipe. 5.Series 7B2 valves are designed for indoor/outdoor service and are not intended for wash down and submersible service. www.victaulic.com • VICTAULIC ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. jctaulie 10,12 2 REV_f, IS CARBON STEEL PEKE-GROOVED VALVES 10. 12 ti' ' rlrfly Valve SERIES 7B2 PERFORMANCE The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 7B2 in equivalent feet/meters of straight pipe. Valve Size Valve Size bFf e. ngiTiMinattnn"Vegiffiqlft.MN < .,,,,,..' ., b.. iF,_ +.,te 2'h 2.875 5 6 6.625 8 65 73.0 1.6 150 168.3 2.5 3 3.500 5 8 8.625 11 80 i 88.9 1.6 200 219.1 3.4 4 4.500 12 10 10.750 12 100 114.3 3.7 250 273 3.7 Cv/Kv Values Cv/Kv values for flow of water at+60°F(+16°C)with a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details contact Victaulic. Formulas for CV/Kv Values: AP = Q2 Where: AP = Q2 Where: C 2 Q=Flow(GPM) K 2 Q=Flow(m3/h) AP=Pressure Drop(psi) V OP=Pressure Drop(bar) Q = CV x 4P C =Flow Coefficient Q = K x VAP KV=Flow Coefficient �� gam, Valve Size I Valve Size C a 2 1/2 2.875 325 6 6.625 1850 65 73.0 277 150 168.3 1578 3 3.500 482 8 6 80 88.9 411 8.625 3400 �.� _ __ 200 219.1 2900 4 4.500 600 10 10.7505750 05 100 114.3 512 250 273 4905 SWITCH AND WIRING 1.The supervisory switch contains two single pole,double throw, pre-wired switches. 2.Switches are rated: 10 amps C 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps @ 125 VDC 0.25 amps @ 250 VDC 3.Switches supervise the valve in the"OPEN"position. 4.One switch has two#18 insulated wires per terminal,which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below).The second switch has one#18 insulated wire per termi- nal.This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed. 5.A#14 insulated ground lead (green)is provided. Switch#1 =S1 For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch#2=S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction Normally Closed: (2) Blue Si Common: (2)Yellow Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe S2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common:Yellow with Orange Stripe 5503 NCTICN 3O'( EIRE ALARM FO END OF IRE H-SH EOR, • CONTROL PANEL OR NEXT INDICATOR Co'JO'U'T SUPERVISORY I aRCurt PT �'_-'r Iht s.Mra _. CONrac1 ARTING. MN NI® CONDUf"-'_ONNEr;JRS ik% +04 AT 125 AND 250125, 02AT 150 VDC, .111 MI 5 025 AT 250 VDC MI __ BELL. WIRE NUTS _-__- HORN VOLTAGE SOURCE Switch 1:2 leads per terminal Switch 2:1 lead per terminal NOTE:The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal(yellow—S1 and yellow-with-orange stripe—S2)and the normally closed terminal(blue—S1 and blue-with-orange stripe—S2). In this example,the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When the valve is fully open,the indicator light and alarm will go out. Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). Only S1 (two leads per terminal)may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70(NEC). WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 10.12 1430 REV C UPDATED 06/2012 .ctaulac VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.©2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.12 VSR PQ VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD MENZENIWZieter 410 :•• 12E UL,CUL and CSFM Listed,FM Approved,LPCBApproved,For CE Marked(EN12259-5)/VdS Approved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI(31 BAR)-UL • *:4 Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM(15-38 LPM)-tit Maximum Surge: 18 FPS(5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT(Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps min.at 24VDC ;. Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2"conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable9 N for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: • NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. • Temperature Range: 40°F-120°F,(4.5°C-49°C)-UL • Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 Specifications subject to change without notice. One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Ordering Information Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 2" DN5t1 VSR-2 1144402 21/2" DN65 VSR-2 112 1144425 4-1kX • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in 3" DN80 VSR-3 1144403 accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. 3 1/2" - VSR-3 1/2 1144435 • Shock hazard.Disconnect power source before servicing.Serious 4" DN100 VSR-4 1144404 injury or death could result. • Risk of explosion.Not for use in hazardous locations.Serious 5" - VSR-5 1144405 injury or death could result. 6" DN t 50 VSR-6 1144406 8" DN200 VSR-8 1144408 A Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit,stock no.0090148 Vaterflowswitches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall Replaceable Components:Retard/Switch Assembly,stock no. 1029030 not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air,or short retard times. Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of the VSR watertlow switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. General Information Enclosure The Model VSR is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, systems. It is UL Listed for use on a steel pipe;schedules 5 through 40, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant sizes 2"-6" and is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2"thru 8" (50 mm thin 200 mm). I,PC cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number Information chart. 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems.The VSR contains two single pole,double throw,snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM(38 LPM)or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC; • St. Louis, MO ane 6- Phone: X66 66-956-121l:Canada 885-582-1S/3 • www potter ignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401I46-REV M PAGE 1 OF 4 1115 0 T V SR POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFI.OW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Installation (see Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm)of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24" (60 cm)of a valve or drain. NOTE:Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole.Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend. or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow.Take care not to damage the non-corrosive bushing in the saddle. The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or hind in any way. Do not trim the paddle.Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty.Do not obstruct or otherwise prevent the trip stern of the flow switch from moving when water flows as this could damage the flow switch and prevent an alarm.If an alarm is not desired,a qualified technician should disable the alarm system. Fig.I Retard Adjustment I DC7 NOT LEAVE COY"F.R OFF FOR -4., ANEXTENDED PERIOD OFTIME The.delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from ti /t ✓�,,, 0 to the max setting(60-90 seconds).The time delay should be set at ', ‘I"�'�,,1-.i the minimum required to prevent false alarms *`� 7t 1,1111111 ' TIGHTEN NUTS „\\b < r��� . ALTERNATELY 'CAUTION' V /. �;..."- ,7„.„...././.../..../....„,„.„7,® Holemustbedrilledperpendicular to the pipe andverticallycentered. ''" ( IiilD RefertotheCompatiblePipelInstallationRequirementschartforsize.404 // / I� Correct Incorrect MOUNT I N PIPIRE SO it . J ? 1m0N �\i)- j d P O461 0 , RFI.Ot� � �/ 1`/1 .......... ,_r__, �?1....... ..----�-- Y -- ROLL PADDLE IN t ,Om. t OPPOSITE DIRECTION ADAPTER , 7ADAPTER DIRECTION OF OF WATERFLOW 'wi'ATFRFLOW � - \,ti \\ - 20mm=2mm MAX. (Flowing water activates , device in one direction only) DN50 ONLY m USF(l)StY0t6'eneaTguS egsxapwN nupvU -._ ---DWG 1146-It owcn n.t&it Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Nominal Pipe Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size 1.1-Bolt Nuts Size O.D. Lightwall Schedule 10(UL) Schedule 40(UL) BS-1387(LPC) DN(VDS) Torque inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch nun inch mm ft-lb n-m VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 .065 1.651 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 1.25+.125/- VSR-21/2 2.5 - 2.875 73.0 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 - - - - 33.0±20 .062 VSR-2 1/2 - DN65 3.000 76.1 - - - - - - 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 .083 2.108 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 VSR-3 1/2 3.5 - 4.00(1 101.6 - - 0.120 3.05 0.226 5.74 - - - - 20 27 VSR-4 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 2.00±.125 50.8=2.0 VSR-5 5 - 5.563 141.3 - - 0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 - - - - VSR-6 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 .115 2.921 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 VSR-8 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 - - 0.148 3.76 0.322 8.18 0.248 6.3 0.177 4.5 NOTE:For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. Nu\Tf.D lA t:,,,,,,,, MFG.K5401:46-RE`s y1 P\trF 2 01"4 11,1 VSR p „.,,.: poTTER .... .:.•. VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITII RETARD Fi1').2p. Fig.3 Fig.4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping To remove knockouts:Place screwdriver at Break out thin section of cover when Plate Terminal inside edge of knockouts,not in the center wiring both switches from one conduit n entrance. s\ • �, l/ ''IV�I 'y= �'� .--,-. .,,,,-:.--,-- 1.---. I . f.:i6-:6 ono -\���a t del'011,- C.' uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped � 1,10..... � around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The {� 1, wire must be severed,thereby y providing supervision of the NOTICE connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under I ` the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device Do not drill into the base as this creates ,. '_ DA.1146-13 inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. metal shavings which can create ,, Do not strip wire beyond 3/8'of length or expose an uninsulated electrical hazards and damage the \ conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block.When using device, Drilling voids the warranty. stranded wire,capture all strands under the clamping plate. CONNECTOR Fig.5 Typical Electrical Connections NEUTRAL FROM BELL 11 BREAKER NEUTRAL FROM BELL :v,., 1 112. a1 r-: 1 )BREAKER r0 - J 8 Vi'!µ" 1 Notes: LINE FROM BREAKER O 1. The Model VSR has two switches,one can be used to operate a central1. EOL(End Of Line Resistor) station,proprietary or remote signaling unit,while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. =_-'II 2. For supervised circuits,see"Switch Terminal Connections" h �I_I_Iim IMI _Ili drawing and warning note(Fig.4). mi: NOTE. III\I� When connect ng to a UL Listed controlt of panel,use the panel's F14 ;It rvalue for acsE super vision _ j = - MI Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NEPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction(manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided,the inspector's test valve shall always be used for test purposes.If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system,application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM(38 LPM)is required to activate this device. NOT/CE Advise the sting person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the teinstructions. Fig.6 Mounting Dimensions ss;>,t 350 u1 t "ri Fig. -(89.0 moor 2 00 in 314:2 rut) A (59 8 enrol . n I■I�] i '�i�r_.�. GREEN GROUND ?.34 iii ' - T. SCREWS (59,4 rn 1 �. O �;fir A j IV G-BOt:r AIL'T—....\ PIPE DIA. –� n.lit:IM 1525m L BOLT WASHER ••._,mil 1'1314 mm) frill aalli PIPE SADDLE-- ... Mr 111 srMal � 4 r _IJ LI=-_i I 0 PIPE ,' �,�,�-,n• n�� ri.O['L:\STIC PADDLE "-' i 1).' ��Irlm t��/ ari Ell 5 614 , �_ j \ 11 Bo,T - NOMINAL PIPE DIA. L?5 m(F44.5 Weft FOR ON 50 ON 65 2-25 in _ `�� , _- -a'"" _--"-NOMINAL PIP!DIA. 125 n(K40�dM)FOR ON 80 ON^_003��In 0 TWO, PRINTED s; TWO,1146-15 Til USA Mi-4, "4-3401146-Id33,1 341 PAGE 3 Or 4 1 i'i 5 V SR P ' POT, TER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETAR „f'!',-- .,�5sbh- wP,e ,.Sty •• ..,.,YzdL,SS' D 7,, Maintenance Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterflow switch should provide years of trouble-free service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable,In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly,please order replacement retard switch assembly stock#1029030(see Fig.8).There is no maintenance required,only periodic testing and inspection. Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement(See Fig.8) NOTICE The Retard/Switch Assembly is field-replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterflow switch from the pipe 1. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. 2. Disconnect the power source for local bell(if applicable). 3. Identify and remove all wires from the waterflow switch. 4. Remove the(2)mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base.Do not remove the(2)retard housing screws. 5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. 6. Install the new retard assembly.Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. 7. Re-install the(2)original mounting screws. 8. Reconnect all wires.Perform a flow test and place the system back in service. Fl 8 REMOVE(2)ORIGINAL.MOUNTING >?i SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO BASE 44 BREAK OUTTHIN SECTION OF COVER WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. (21 ORIGINAL:MOUNTING SCREWS I RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY Jai, j T -� _ � it t\rCa%) 41 dy \ �J (2)LOCATING PINS' I \. ��� (2)1 OC:YI'ING t TNS i DO NOT REMOVE i"--; 00:7-7-__7.,'");„, r BOSJES IN BASE 1^_ RETARD HOUSING I nI 1 SCREWS / II. i��l�•l .A=tri tri SIM' ,r� . ��, 1 / s B, ' ��i ;ros:� 14L1 1,41 . ,) o DWG#1146-10 Removal of Waterflow Switch • To prevent accidental water damage,all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow detectors are removed or replaced. • Turn off electrical power to the detector,then disconnect wiring. • Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. • Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers,roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterflow detector saddle. • Lift detector clear of pipe. PRRINFED INI tl MFG.45401146 REV M PAGE 4OF4 11/15 Pressure Gauge Kits s k FPPI Description FPPI 's Sprinkler Gauge Kits provide everything needed to install a fire sprinkler ,t1 gauge to a riser or other device. Each kit contains a pressure gauge that is 14) UL Listed and FM approved for Fire Sprinkler Service, 1/14" brass 3-way valve, 1/4" X 1/2" galvanized reducer, 1/4" IPS x 4" galvanized pipe nipple and a 1A" IPS galvanized plug. Each kit is shrink wrapped to a sturdy cardboard backing to prevent the loss of the components before being installed at the job site. Available with Water, Air-Water, Air or Air with Retard fire gauge. Specifications 11-565 Pressure Gauge Kit, Water 11-566 Pressure Gauge Kit, Air-Water 11-567 Pressure Gauge Kit, Air 11-568 Pressure Gauge Kit, Air wlRetard 398 LIONS'iEAD AVE CAR1SBAD, DA 92010 1 (760i 599 1165 1 1800)344 1822 1 (800)344 3775 FAX IF IF 66 IT FireLock® V27, K5.6 jCtaUIacr Models V2703, V2707, V2704, V2708 40.10 Standard Spray Technical Specifications: Upright, Pendent and Recessed Pendent Standard and Quick Response Models: V2703, V2704, V2707, V2708 Style: Pendent, Upright or Recessed Pendent I' Nominal Orifice Size: ' /13 mm K Factor: 5.6 Imp./8.1 S.1.1 - - ,g. Nominal Thread Size: l/" NPT/15 mm Max. Working Pressure: • 175 psi/1200 kPa (FM) V2703/V2704 V2707/V2708 V2707/V2708 • 250 psi/1725 kPa (UL) Upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% @ 500 psi/3450 kPa Approvals/Listings: Min. Operating Pressure: c �� us ® LPCBI of Q 'VdS' (E • 7 psi/48 kPa 0786 • 0.35 bar/5 psi (VdS for upright only) See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Temperature Rating: See chart 1 For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0. Product Description: These Model V27 standard spray sprinklers are designed to produce a hemispherical spray pattern for standard commercial applications. They are available with either standard or quick response bulbs. It is cast 0 with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, reducing assembly effort. This sprinkler is available in various temperature ratings (see U chart on page 3) and finishes to meet many design 1111 requirements. The recessed pendent should be utilized with a Model V27 recessed escutcheon which provides `Of t up to 3/4"/19 mm of adjustments. ��; •'i Coverage , For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to1 op NFPA 13 or applicable standard. . CD Exaggerated for clarity Job/Owner Engineer y_ S stem No. Spec Section Location _..._ ___.... Paragraph ..._.......... Contractor f Approved Submitted By i Date renuenc ueneccor: isrunLe per ul'4 uoluuu Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution LI Open End: V27 Bulb Nominal Diameter: ❑ Recessed: V27-2 ❑ Standard: 5.0 mm Sprinkler Finishes: ❑ Quick Response: 3.0 mm ❑ Plain Brass Load Screw: Bronze per UNS C65100 ❑ Chrome plated Pip Cap: Bronze per UNS C65100 ❑ White painted3 Spring: Beryllium nickel ❑ Black painted3 Seal: Teflon2 tape ❑ Custom painted3 Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 ❑ Proprietary Nickel Teflon2 coating3 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S30200 ❑ VC-2504 155, 200, 286 SR Only: ❑ Wax3 For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate sheet. 2 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. 3 UL Listed for corrosion resistance. 4 UL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. 40.10 2544 Rev.J Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ictaulac ........_.______._.._............._______. victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock' I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 . .............. . ............. _ Approvals/Listings: APPROVALS/LISTINGS Model ............ . V2703 i V2707 i V2707 j V2704 V2708 V27087 Orifice Size(inches) /z" /z" 1/2" '/z" NomOrifice nal m I'ze K mm) 13 13 /z° /z 13 • 13 13 Factor Imperial ( 13 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 Nominal K Factor S.I s -i. 5.6 8.1 • 8.1 1 8.1 8.1 8.1 Response Standard , Standard Standard I Quick Quick Quick I Deflector Type Recessed Upright Pendent Upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Approved Temperature Ratings Pendent F°/C° 135°F/57°C I 135°F/57°C I �......................... t 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135"F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155"F/68°C 155"F/68°C 135°F/57°C cULus 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C ! 175°F/79°C 155"F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200"F/93°C 200'F/93°C ? 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C • 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C °F/141 C ° ° ! 200"F/93°C 286 286 F/141 C 286°F/141°C 360°F/182°C : 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C ._....__........__......._.._. 135°F/57°C i 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C ! 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C FM 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 1757/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 286°F/141°C 1 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 360°F/182°C I 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 135°F/57°C i 135°F/57°C ' 155"F/68°C 1 155°F/68°C I 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C NYC/MEA 62-99-E 175°F/79°C 175"F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 1 200"F/93°C ; 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C • 286°F/141°C ' 286°F/141°C ! 360°F/182°C i 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C • 135°F/57°C i 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C I 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C ' 155°F/68°C ' 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C CSFM 7690-0531:112 175"F/79°C 1 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 1 200°F/93°C 1 200°F/93°C 286°F/141 C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C I 200°F/93°C 200"F/93°C 175°F/79°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C ! 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 1 i135°F/57°C 175°F/79°C I LPCB None155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C None 175"F/79°C None None 1 286°F/141°C I 200'F/93°C 360°F/182°C • 135°F/57°C I 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C VNIIPO 175"F/79°C 175°F/79°C ! 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175'F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C I 175'F/79°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C CCC • ZSTZ 1 ZSTX i K-ZSTZ K-ZSTZ 155°F/68°C 1 155°F/68°C I None 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C None 200°F/93°C I 200°F/93°C 1 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C VdS 175°F/79°C 155"F/68°C 200°F/93°C None None 175°F/79°C f None None 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C I 360°F/182°C I 286°F/141°C • 135°F/57°C ' 155°F/68°C 1 i i 135°F/57°C CE 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C I E 200°F/93°C None None 175°F/79°C None None 286°F/141°C ` 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 5 For K Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0 7 FM Approved with 1/7"adjustment escutcheon only-quick response S ‘"-!-ciej dc/` 15/8"/ � 2/s/ 211 41 mm 62017 01 IP IL 15/8"/ 60 mm 41 mm EEOmow 1 1 1 n u Standard Pendent- Standard Upright- V2707,V2708 V2703,V2704 2/e"/60 mm Max.Hole 2"/51 mm F Min.Hole--"-- i "� L 1 'IFl 3m 17 mm Mr" y� Typical Ceiling Tile �� ,,A.,„, 1 A6"/ r.1 �'� Finished Surface 30 m 43 mm . MAXIMUM RECESS 2.467 75 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION lh"Adjustment Recessed-V2707,V2708(drawing not to scale) 2W/60 mm Max.Hole 2"/51 mm Min.Hole 11 Iii=l111 1'/,e"/ _ 1 EM 37 mm 24mm 18mem ��I �� TypiicalCeiling Tile �A,T� 111�n sb'/ 24 mm 41$ Finished Surface MAXIMUM RECESS — 21,Ae/ 75 mm . - - - - -�- MAXIMUM EXTENSION 3A"Adjustment Recessed-V2707,V2708(drawing not to scale) 40.10 2544 Rev.J Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. �CtaU��G video(Vc,co 4 ,.. , »#i.,.",,. Victartlic,com I Sprinklers I FireLock®, K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Istribution Patterns: Models V2707V2708 K5.6 Standard Pendent and Recessed Pendent Distribution Patterns—Trajectory 10' 3.Om -" ♦,s w� 4 s % •• lam - . .. . •} ........ ... ...... ._._ `•. •4• N •• 6 ••* 7 psi MOWN,gi�...... ♦♦' 48 kPa � • _ �• 15 psi 4' �• ♦ 103 kPa 12m _ _ • 30 psi �amm..g.. -. - *... 207 kPa 4,4 4 2' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 0.6m 1.2m 1891 2.41* 3.0m 3.7m 4.3m Models V2703,V2704 K5.6 Standard Upright Distribution Patterns—Trajectory 10' Som - •�•.•w _ ._ .... • , •.• x . 24m . • ,1� 4 't�• `. 7psi m•..�,.n. I xrn .,., ...._.... . �`.•... ';.. 48 kPa 4. � T . . 15 psi 4 1. •.•_ 103 kPa • •♦' 1 30 Psi .... • , ••. _.......' 207 kPa 26171 ` • 4* 2 2' 4' 6' 8' 10' 121 14 .,,.,16 0.691 1.21* 1.8m 2.4m 3.0m 3.7m 4.3m 4.9m NOTES: A. Data shown is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation. B.These graphs illustrate approximate trajectories,floor-wetting,and wall-wetting patterns for these specific Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers.They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation.Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions,spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements.Failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings,Approvals and Warranties. C.All patterns are symmetrical to the centerline of the waterway. • •� nu ... ....... 4. t V2707,V2708 Pendent ✓ ✓ i Temperature- F/C Maximum V2707,V2708 Recessed Pendent ✓ Sprinkler Victaulic Nominal ' Ambient Glass _ ._. Temperature Part 1 Temperature Temperature. Bulb V2703,V2704 Upright l / ClassificationIdentification ,Rating Allowed Color Ordinary A 135"F/57"C I 100"F/38"C I Orange Ordinary ; C 155"F/68"C 100"F/38"C 1 Red ` Intermediate E ! 175"F/79"C 150"F/65"C I Yellow Intermediate j F 200"F/93"C I 150"F/65"C I Green High 1 286"F/141"C 1225 F 8/107'6 Blue i Extra High 7 K 360"F/182"C 300"F/149"C i Purple — M Open i — I No Bulb 7 Standard response only. 8 150/65 if wax coated. • Always read and understand installation, care, and maintenance instructions, supplied with each box of sprin- t klers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. • Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping IN?) products. • Installation rules, especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. • Painting, plating, or any re-coating of sprinklers (other than that supplied by Victaulic) is not allowed. 0 Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pam- phlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition,the authority having jurisdiction may have additional maintenance,testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. If you need additional copies of this publication, or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters: P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA,Telephone: _ 001-610-559-3300. W Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1-40 Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Installation and Maintenance Sheet for the product you are installing.This installation sheet to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. is included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard data,and is available in PDF format on our website at victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 40.10 2544 Rev.J Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. ` /rCtaU�rl>r victaulic.com 6 V-W..,ct. !ic • FireLock® V27, K5.6 ✓ctaulic` Models V2709,V2710 40.11 Standard Spray Technical Specifications: Horizontal and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Standard and Quick Response Models: V2709, V2710 Style: Horizontal Sidewall or Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Rif Nominal Orifice Size. 1/2"/13 mm 1' K Factor: 5.6 Imp./8.1 S.I.1 Nominal Thread Size: 1/2"/15 mm V2709/V2710 V2709/V2710 Max. Working Pressure: Standard Horizontal Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sidewall • 175 psi/1200 kPa (FM) • 250 psi/1725 kPa (UL) Approvals/Listings: Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% @ 500 psi/3450 kPa cOus ® LPCB CTP tCC� Min. Operating Pressure: LISTED • 7 psi/48 kPa See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Temperature Rating: See chart on page 3 For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0. Product Description: These Model V27, standard spray horizontal sidewall sprinklers are designed for up to ordinary Hazard per NFPA 13, and can be used for standard or recessed installations. The design provides a crescent-shaped water discharge pattern for installation along a wall or under a beam or ceiling. It is cast with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, reducing assembly effort. This sprinkler is available in various temperature ratings (see chart on page 3) U �, and finishes to meet many design requirements. The V recessed pendent should be utilized with a Model V27 01111 recessed escutcheon which provides up to 3/4"/19 mm of ,J adjustments. 61.0 Coverage For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to r-, j NFPA 13 or applicable standard. Exaggerated for clarity Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section _.� Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date 1 UNS C22000 Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution ❑ Open End: V27 ❑ Recessed: V27-2 Bulb Nominal Diameter: Li Standard: 5.0 mm Sprinkler Finishes: ❑ Quick Response: 3.0 mm ❑ Plain Brass Load Screw: Low Silicon bronze per UNS C65100 ❑ Chrome plated Pip Cap: Low Silicon bronze per UNS C65100 ❑ White painted3 Spring: Beryllium nickel ❑ Flat black painted3 Seal: Teflon2 tape ❑ Custom painted3 Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 ❑ Proprietary Nickel/Teflon2 coating3 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S30200 ❑ VC-2504 155, 200, 286 SR Only: ❑ Wax3 For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate sheet. NOTE:Weather resistant recessed escutcheon available upon request. 2 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. 3 UL Listed for corrosion resistance. 4 UL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. 40.11 2545 Rev.J Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2ctaulad R victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.11 Approvals/Listings: • i. APPROVALS/LISTINGS i Model V2709 I V2709 Recessed I V2710 V2710 Recessed : V2710 Recessed Orifice Size(inches) 1/2" 1/2" _ 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" Orifice Size(mm) 13 i 13 13 13 13 Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 Nominal K Factor S.I.5 8.1 • 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 •• Reponse Standard Standard„ Quick Quick Quick • • Recessed I Recessed Recessed Deflector Type 1 Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Yp Horizontal I Sidewall Sidewall* 1 Sidewall Sidewall(up to Sidewall(up to 1 '/z'"adjustment) 3/a'"adjustment) Approved Temperature Ratings F°/C° ........................................................................................................................................................................ ..... ... 135°F/57°C l 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C ; 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C cULus 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C ; 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 200°F/990C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C I 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 1135°F/57°CVv 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C • • • FM 6 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C None • 200°F/93°C I 175°F/79°C I200°F/93°C• 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C I 200°F/93°C286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C • • 135°F/57°C I 135°F/57°C i 155°F/68°C I 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C NYC/MEA 6#62-99-E 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C I 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 1 200°F/93°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C I 155°F/68°C I 135°F/57°C 1155°F/68°C 135'F/57°C 135°F/57°C CSFM 6#7690-0531112 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C I 175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200'F/93°C 200°F/93°C 286 F/141°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C LPCB 6104b/01 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C • • 61046/02 200°F/93°C None 175°F/79°C None None 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°CIi 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C I 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C I VNIIPO 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 1 175°F/79°C None • • 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C ' 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C • • • CCCf ZSTBS None None 1 None None 155°F/68°C •• : 5 For K Factor when pressure is measured in Bar,multiply S.I.units by 10.0 6 Light Hazard ONLY Note:Listings and Approvals as of printing.All are approved open. 2Y4"/57 mm fU:# iiR r■ �i� 5�6'/ 'fls'/ lYa'"/ 8mm32 mm I I . miLin Standard HSW—V2709,V2710 11/16"/ � ��// pp // 30�/I llmm 411I 23/16"/ 11/16" 11/16"/ �y56mmm/ 43 mm 30 mm rtlif Finished Ceiling pi Finished Ceiling 4-12"/102-305 mm 4-12"/102-305 mm Per NFPA Per NFPA I ---pa=-,..1.1,"IL �i i, 2"/51 Imm 23/8"/60 mm Alii 2/51 mm 23/8"/60 mm lrli�ill, Min.Hale Max.Hole215/16"/ Ii✓ ��Yii ii Min.Hole Max Hole 75 mm ' i. IPA Finished Surface I1 I Finished Surface 1 1 --I l-.-Typical Wall --I I--Typical Wall MAXIMUM EXTENSION MAXIMUM RECESS 'h"Adjustment Recessed—V2709,V2710(drawing not to scale) 15/16/Ir 24 mm _2 3/16"/ 9/16/18 7/16' 5/16" 56 mm 3737 mm 37mm rit larAttrARINEr 462147001103 1 h Fini,hed Ceiling Finished Ceiling 4-12"/102-305 mm 4-12"/102-305 mm Per Per NFPA Ird Per NFPA —� ��I��Illi 2'/51 mm 23/8"/60 mm 215/16"/ 1�lil�li' 2"/51 mm 23/8"/60mm (L„ I Min.Hole Max.Hole 75 mm Ill��l Min. Max.Hole �.�illlll+ 1 Finished Surface �II Finished Surface 1-i- Typical Wall -.4 .-Typical Wall MAXIMUM EXTENSION MAXIMUM RECESS 3/4" Adjustment Recessed—V2709,V2/1U(drawing not to scale) 40.11 2545 Rev.J Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaufic.com 4 jctaulad ........................................ victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.11 ____............__._____....................._ Distribution Patterns: Models V2709,V2710 K5.6 Standard Horizontal Sidewall and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Distribution Patterns-Trajectory 3.0m �•� *�!�..' r6::2:ommmm . tee.4. ....... 2' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 0,6m 1,2m 1,8m 2.4m 3.0m 3.7m 4.3m 4.9m 5.5m 6.1 m 6.7m 7.3m 7.9m Models V2709,V2710 K5.6 Standard and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Distribution Patterns-Plan View 2' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 28' 0.6 m 1.2 m 1.8m 2.4 m 3.0 m 3.7 m 4.3m 4.9 m 5.5 m 6.1 m 6.7 m 7.3 m 7.9 m 8.5 m 0' MO p 1 0.6 m • • 1.2m • • �......�,®a •', 7psi 6, ' _ E 48 kPa 1.8m • 15 psi 8' ••' - • 103 kPa 2.4 m .•' ■ woo10' .00" a 30 psi �..6•01.••,'"-- • 207 kPa 3.0 m y............ t 12' • 3.7m .• 4.3 m ..s •.........................■.......... 16 4.9 m NOTES: A. Data shown is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation. B.These graphs illustrate approximate trajectories,floor-wetting,and wall-wetting patterns for these specific Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers.They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation.Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions,spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements.Failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings,Approvals and Warranties. Recessed I Open End , Temperature- F/C No escutcheon ✓ ✓ Maximum I With escutcheon ✓ Sprinkler Victaulic Nominal i Ambient I Glass x_; Temperature Part Temperature Temperature I Bulb Classification Identification( ' Rating Allowed • Color Ordinary A I 135"F/57"C 1 100"F/38"C i Orange Ordinary C i 155"F/68"C 100"F/38"C 1 Red Intermediate E I 175"F/79"C i 150"F/65"C 1 Yellow i t I- Intermediate F I 200"F/93"C i 150"F/65"C 1 Green High J ' 286"F/141"C 1 225"F/107"C 1 Blue Extra High 7 ( K I 360"F/182"C 300"F/149"C 1 Purple i . — M I Open I — i No Bulb 7 Standard response only. ry;-*Me:op, . .koi.:4:44::,,,.„,,,...,..::,;,,,o,,,,,,:i,,.,.. -:.—A,?ii.,.:-Irrinoziggws„, int,R,W -' ,. ','f'T',' ,.. ,,4,„„Affkimoi.,‘t; /,./ • Always read and understand installation, care, and maintenance instructions, supplied with each box of sprin- klers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. t 4 • Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. • Installation rules, especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. • Painting, plating, or any re-coating of sprinklers(other than that supplied by Victaulic) is not allowed. 0 Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pam- phlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition,the authority having jurisdiction may have additional maintenance,testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. If you need additional copies of this publication, or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters: P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: _ 001-610-559-3300. Mlir Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1-40 Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Installation and Maintenance Sheet for the product you are installing.This installation sheet to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. is included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard data,and is available in PDF format on our website at victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victau!ic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 40.11 2545 Rev.J Updated 07/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6ictaulic" . Attic Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com tLj!'CLJ Contacts Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers Horizontal Sidewall Standard Response, Extended Coverage General to do so may impair the performance of these devices. Description The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers, and devices in proper operating con- 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard dition. Contact the installing contras Response, Extended Coverage, Ordi- tor or product manufacturer with any - a¢ , u nary Hazard (ECOH) are decorative qactinns• glass bulb automatic sprinklers. They Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers must are intended for use in applications only be installed in fittings that meet where the sprinklers and/or a portion of the requirements of the Design Criteria the connecting piping may be exposed section.Installation of Series DS-3 Dry- to freezing temperatures; for example, Type Sprinklers in a recessed installa- Physical Characteristics horizontal piping extensions through a tion will void all sprinkler warranties,as Inlet Copper wall to protect an unheated area of a well as void the sprinkler's laboratory Plug Copper building. Approvals. Yoke Stainless Steel Casing Galvanized Carbon Steel Series DS-3 Extended Coverage insert Bronze Ordinary Hazard Horizontal Sidewall, SprinklerBulb Seat ' Bronze Dry-Type Sprinklers are designed for identification Bulb Glass{smm) extended coverage use in ordinary Compression Screw Bronze Deflector Bronze hazard occupancies(ECOH)per NFPAer (SIN) Frame Bronze 13. NGuide Tube Stainless Steel Water Tube Stainless Steel Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers TY5339 Spring Stainless Steel provide protection of coverage areas Sealing Assembly..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON up to 16 ft x 20 ft(320 ft2)as compared Technical Pin.... Stainless Steel to standard coverage horizontal side- Button spring Stainless Steel wall sprinklers having a maximum coy- a Helper Spring Stainless Steel erage area of 10 ft x 10 ft (100 ft2) for Escutcheon Carbon Steel ordinary hazard occupancies. approvals Operation UL and C-UL Listed NOTICE Refer to Table A and the Design Criteria When TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type section Sprinklers, 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Series DS-3 Dry Type Sprinklers described herein must be installed Maximum Working Pressure erage,Standard Response, Extended Cov- and maintained in compliance with this 175 psi(12,1 bar) service,Ordinary Hazard (d fromOH) are in enter- document, as well as with thea lica water is prevented from PP Inlet Thread Connections ing the assembly by the Plug with ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE 1 Inch NPT Sealing Assembly(Ref. Figure 1)in the PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), ISO 7-R 1 Inlet of the sprinkler. in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure Discharge Coefficient The glass bulb contains a fluid that Refer to Table B expands when exposed to heat.When IMPORTANT Temperature Ratings the rated temperature is reached, the Refer to Technical Data Sheet 155°F(68°C)and 200°F(93°C) fluid expands sufficiently to shatter TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to Finishes the glass bulb, and the Bulb Seat is regulatory and health information. Sprinkler:Refer to Table E released. Always refer to Technical Data Escutcheon:Refer to Table E The compressed Spring is then able Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER to expand and push the Water Tube as WARNING" that provides cautions well as the Guide Tube outward. This with respect to handling and instal- action simultaneously pulls inward on lation of sprinkler systems and cornthe Yoke, withdrawing the Plug with ponents. Improper handling and Sealing Assembly from the Inlet allow- installation can permanently damage ing the sprinkler to activate and flow a sprinkler system or its compo- water. nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 AUGUST 2018 TFP550 TFP55O Page 2 of 8 PLUG WITH YOKE PLUG CASING INSERT FRAME BULB DEFLECTOR GASKETED , SPRING ,'' SPRING SEAL /1 PLATE // INLET WATER . GUIDE BULB , COMPRESSION INLET 1" NPT SPRING BAND TUBE TUBE SEAT SCREW FIGURE 1 SERIES DS-3 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER TY5339(ECOH) ASSEMBLY SPRINKLER FINISH Length, K-factor, Temperature Bulb Inches gpm/psi' Rating Color Code Natural Chrome White (mm) (Ipm/bar%'=) Brass Plated Polyester 2-1/2 to 14-3/4 11.2 155°F(68°C) Red (63 mm to 375 mm) (161,3) 1,2 15 to 18-3/4 10.9 200°F(93°C) Green (381 mm to 476 mm) (157;0) 19 to 23 10.8 Notes: (483 mm to 584 mm) (155.5) 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(maximum order length of 48 inches) 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada(maximum order length of 48 inches). 23-1/4 to 26-3/4 10.7 TABLE A (591 mm to 679 mm) (154,1) SERIES DS-3 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS 27-1/4 to 31-1/4 10.6 EXTENDED COVERAGE, ORDINARY HAZARD(TY5339) (692 mm to 794 mm) (152,6) LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS 31-1/2 to 35-1/4 10.5 (800 mm to 895 mm) (151,2) Sprinkler Fittings DesignSprinkler 1 inch NPT Series DS-3.Dry-Type 35-1/2 to 39-1/2 10.4 Sprinklers in the 1 inch NPT outlet or (902 mm to 1003 mm) (149,8) Criteria run of the following fittings: 39-3/4 to 43-1/2 10,3 The TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type S rin- • malleable or ductile iron threaded (1010 mm to 1105 mm) (148,3) klers, 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, p Stan- tee fittin9 s that meet the dimen- 43-3/4 to 48 10.2 dard Response, Extended Coverage, sional requirements of ANSI B16.3 (111 mm to 1219 mm) (146,9) Ordinary Hazard (ECOH) are for use in (Class 150) Notes: ordinary hazard occupancies with non- • cast iron threaded tee fittings that • K-factor Length is determined as follows: combustible unobstructed construction • Flush.Order Length from Figure 2 plus 1/2 in. meet the dimensional requirements (12,7 mm) and with a ceiling slope not exceed- of ANSI.B16.4 (Class 125) • Deep:Order Length from Figure 4 plus 3-1/4 in. ing 2 inches per foot (9.2°), using the (82.6 rum) Do not install Series DS-3 Dry-Type • Without Escutcheon:Order Length from Figure design criteria provided in Table C, as well as any additional requirements Sprinklers into elbow fittings.The Inlet minus z-1;4in.(57.2 mm) specified in NFPA 13 for Extended Coy- of the sprinkler can contact the interior TABLE B erage Sidewall Spray Sprinklers. of the elbow. DISCHARGE COEFFICIENTS A 36 in. (914 mm) clearance must be The unused outlet of the threaded tee is maintained between the top of the plugged as shown in Figure 6. sprinkler deflector and any miscella- Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers can neous storage. also be installed in the 1 inch NPT outlet Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers may of a GRINNELL Figure 730 Mechanical be installed on sloped ceilings in Tee. However,the use of the Figure 730 loading docks with a maximum roof Tee for this arrangement is limited to slope of 4 inches per foot (18.4°) as wet pipe systems. shown in Figure 8 and using the design criteria provided in Table C. TFP55O Page 3 of 8 Coverage Areal Minimum Minimum Top of Application yy x L, Flow2, Pressure2, Deflector-to-Ceiling Minimum 2 Tempe, rature Spacing'', gpft x ftm Distance3,tor-to (m x m} (Ip) (bar) Inches Rating ft (mm) (m) 16 x 16 38 11.5 Series DS-3(TY5339) (4,9 x 4,4) (144) (0,79) Horizontal Sidewall 16 x 18 43 Dry-Type Sprinkler(ECOH) 14.7 OH Group 1 (0.15 gpm/sq.ft) (4,9 x 5,5) (163) (1,01) Standard Response 16 x 20 48 18.4 (4,9 x 6,1) (182) (1,27) 6 to 12 155°F.200°F 8 16 x 16 51 20.7 (150 to 300) (68°C,93°C) (2,4) Series DS-3(TY5339) (4,9 X 4,4) (193) (1,43) Horizontal Sidewall 16 x 18 58 Dr Grope Sprinkler(ECOH) (4,9 x 5,5) (2202 OHGroup 2 ( 6.8 gpm/sq.ft) ) (1,85) Standard Response 16 x 20 64 32.7 (4,9 x 6,1) (242) (2,25) Notes: 1. Backwall(where.sprinkler is located)by sidewall(length of throw). 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM from each sprinkler.The indicated residual pressures are based on the nominal K--factor of 11.2. 3. The centerline of the sprinkler waterway is located below the deflector as shown in Figures 2,3,and 4. 4. Minimum spacing is for lateral distance between sprinklers located along a single wall.Otherwise adjacent sprinklers(that is,sidewall sprinklers on an adjacent wall, on an opposite wall,or pendent sprinklers)must be located outside of the maximum listed protection area of the extended coverage sidewall sprinkler being utilized. TABLE C SERIES DS-3 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS UL AND C-UL LISTING COVERAGE AND FLOW RATE CRITERIA Temperatures for Heated Areal The configuration shown in Figure 7 is only applicable for wet pipe systems Ambient Temperature 40°F ! 50°F 60°F where the sprinkler fitting and water- Exposed to (4°C) I (10°C) (16°C) filled pipe above the sprinkler fitting are Discharge End of Sprinkler Minimum Exposed Barrel Length2, not subject to freezing and where the Inches length of the Dry-Type Sprinkler has the (mm) minimum exposure length depicted in 40°F Figure 10.Refer to the Exposure Length (4''C) 0 0 0 section. 30°F For wet pipe system installations of 1 (1°C) 0 0 0 inch NPT Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprin- 20°'F 4 klers connected to CPVC piping, use (-7°C) (100) 0 0 only the following TYCO CPVC fittings: 10"F 8 1 • 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Female Adapter (-12°C) (200) (25) 0 (P/N 80145) 0°F 12 3 • 1 in. x 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Sprinkler (-18°C) (305) (75) 0 Head Adapter Tee(P/N 80249) 10°F 14 4 1 For dry pipe system installations, use (-23°C) (355) (100) (25) only the side outlet of maximum 2-1/2 -20°F inch reducing tee when locating Series 14 6 3 DS-3 Dry-Type Y- Ype Sprinklers directly (-29"C) (355) (150) (75) below the branch line. Otherwise, use (-34°C)-30'F16 8 4 the configuration shown in Figure 6 to (405) (200) (100) assure complete water drainage from -40°F 18 8 4 above Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers (-40"C) (455) (200) (100) and the branch line. Failure to do so 50°F may result in pipe freezing and water 20 10 6 dama e. (-46°C) (510) (255) (150) g -60°F 20 10 6 (-51°C) (510) (255) (150) Notes: 1. For protected area temperatures that occur between values listed above,use the nest cooler temperature. 2. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up to 30 mph(18,6 kph). TABLE D EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS MINIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS • TFP55O Page4of8 ORDER LENGTHS: FACE OF NOTICE, 3"to 45-1/4"(76,2 to 1149,4 mm) MOUNTING Do not install Series DS-3 Dry-Type IN 1/4" (6.4 mm)INCREMENTS SURFACESprinklers into any other type fitting 8, ±1/8., I--- - (50,8±3,2 mm) without first consulting the Technical FACE OF Services Department.Failure to use the SPRINKLER FITTING 2-3/4" DIA. • , 9/16' (14,3 mm) appropriate fitting may result in one of 1" NPT. ,,ti, (69,9 mm) the following: _— NOMINAL.MAKE IN ` 1 • failure of the sprinkler to operate 9116° (14,3 mm) ^' properly due to formation of ice 311116DiA. over the Inlet Plug or binding of the '� !1II: ill.-4 1 • insufficient engagement of the 1 �,i Inlet pipe-threads with consequent SPRINKLER FITTING t- (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE leakage CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY Drainage FIGURE 2 In accordance with the minimum SERIES DS-3 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER requirements of the NATIONAL FIRE WITH FLUSH ESCUTCHEON(TY5339) PROTECTION ASSOCIATION for dry pipe sprinkler systems, branch, cross, and feed-main piping connected to Dry ORDER LENGTHS: FACE OF Sprinklers and subject to freezing tem- 1" em-1"to 44" (25,4 to 1117,6 mm) MOUNTING peratures must be pitched for proper IN 1/4" (6,4 mm)INCREMENTS !'" SURFACEdrainage. 4-1/8" ±3/8" FACE OF (104,8±9,5 mm) Exposure Length 1 SPRINKLER FITTING , When using Dry Sprinklers in wet pipe 2-3/4" DIA. 9/ 6 (14,3 mm) sprinkler systems to protect areas 1" NPT, (69 9 mm) \ __ — subject to freezing temperatures, use NOMINAL MAKE-IN a Table D to determine a sprinkler's 9116" (14,3 mm) ► II Il appropriate exposed barrel length to - Illa , 3-1/2" DIA. prevent water from freezing in the con- II ll�ii ''miumnim I : t (88.9 mm) necting pipes due to conduction. The exposed barrel length measurement --, , t must be taken from the face of the SPRINKLER Fl I l ING \' — — \ _ t sprinkler fitting to the surface of the (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE structure or insulation that is exposed CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY to the heated area.Refer to Figure 7 for FIGURE 3 an example. SERIES DS-3 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER For protected area temperatures WITH DEEP ESCUTCHEON(TY5339) between those given above, the minimum recommended length from the face of the fitting to the outside of ORDER LENGTHS: the protected area may be determined ; 5-1/4"to 48" (133,4 to 1219,2 mm) ---' by interpolating between the indicated ' IN 1/4" (6,4 mm)INCREMENTS MINIMUM values. 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) Clearance Space FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING i— — DEFLECTOR TO In accordance with NFPA 13, when 1" NPT, ) MOUNTING connecting an area subject to freez- SURFACE ing and an area containing a wet pipe I NOMINAL MAKE-IN 9/16" (14.3 mm) I sprinkler system, the clearance space ,---, around the sprinkler barrel of Dry-Type Sprinklers must be sealed. Due to )�i ,, t temperature differences between two — �— areas,the potential for the formation of 9/16 condensation in the sprinkler and��� / (14,3 mm) sub- SPRINKLER FITTING sequent ice build-up is increased. If (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE this condensation is not controlled,ice CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY build-up can occur that might damage FIGURE 4 the Dry-Type Sprinkler and/or prevent SERIES DS-3 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER proper operation in a fire situation. WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON(TY5339) Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprin- kler Boot, described in Technical Data Sheet TFP591 and shown in Figure 9, can provide the recommended seal. TFP550 . , Page 5 of 8 DSB-2 1 EXPOSURE T/O DRY RUN INTENDED 1 LENGTH SYSTEM 11' \ FOR FREEZER 1, - (SEE DESIGN / OUTLET PLUGGED STRUCTURES 1 -'----r-' k 7 CRITERIA SECTION) : FACE OF 0 ...., - i_ an SPRINKLER i 0 # -1— q FN SPRINKLER L 77 FITTING , 1 DSB-2 1 -, 1 I FITTING N ''----''-'' INTENDED k (SEE DESIGN 1, - - U1- 1111/\ . FOR FREEZER I\ ) SECTION)IA 1 STRUCTURES 1 \,. ,- k . DSB-2 $, . ., - - , INTENDED 1,7 .,_ TO DRY 4 7 07 AREA 4 1 SYSTEM 1 FOR FREEZER P SUBJECT 1' 1\ 1 ',- - , . -- STRUCTURES 0 0\ 0 , AREA 1 ,' 0 - FREEZING 1 i 1 SUBJECT TO 1' HEATED t, P 1\ FREEZING 1 1' REA A 0 FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7 SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING UNHEATED AREA UNHEATED AREA HEATED AREA Mit -, :2. 2-3/4" DIA. (69,9 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE INSULATED THROW - HOLE FREEZER ADHESIVE STRUCTURE DSB-2 \ kaliti 1 - immiiimil 6"(152.4 mm) •immi' I TO 12"(304,8 mm) 1 II CEILING TO TOP 4/12 OF SPRINKLER SLOPE .-4' ::,._,, 1 1 1 ) DEFLECTOR MAXIMUM \ br-wirwerwappio ; , DISTANCE FIGURE 8 STRAP TIES DS-3 SPRINKLER PLACEMENT (ENDS ON SHOWN UNDER SLOPED CEILINGS OPPOSING WITH FLUSH IN LOADING DOCKS SIDES OF ESCUTCHEON BOOT) FIGURE 9 MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER BOOT WITH SERIES DS-3 DRY-TYPE PENDENT SPRINKLER TFP55O Page6of8 InstallationWRENCH FLAT ENGAGEMENT TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers, ,bAREA 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard ,a N Response, Extended Coverage, Ordi- , \ /)' nary Hazard (ECOH) must be installed ucv�=.�`` \ 11 in accordance with this section. General Instructions 71 ,o 41,‘`• Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers must _ ' �\ WRENCH only be installed in fittings that meet + FLATS the requirements of the Design Crite- ' ria section. Refer to the Design CriteriaDO NOT section for other important require APPLY ments regarding piping design and WRENCH AS sealing of the clearance space around SHOWN the Sprinkler Casing.With reference to 10 FIGURE 11 Figure 10, do not grasp the sprinkler DO FIGURE GRASP FIGURE 8 the deflector. Failurepir follow this DEFLECTOR SPRINKLER WRENCH instruction may impair performance of the device. Note: If sprinkler removal becomes mine the cause of leakage;for example, Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler necessary, remove the sprinkler using an improper installation or an ice plug. if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss the same wrenching method noted Close the fire protection system control of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- above.Sprinkler removal is easier when valve and drain the system before kler held horizontally,a small air bubble a non-hardening sealant was used removing the sprinkler. should be present.The diameter of the and torque guidelines were followed. Sprinklers which are found to be air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. After removal, inspect the sprinkler for leaking or exhibiting visible signs of (1,6 mm)for the 135°F (57°C) rating to damage. corrosion must be replaced. 1/8 in. (3,2 mm) for the 360°F (182°C) rating. Step 4. After applying a wall finish, Automatic sprinklers must never be slide on the outer piece of the escutch painted, plated, coated, or other A leak-tight 1 inch NPT sprinkler joint eon until it comes in contact with the after leavinthe factory. should be obtained by applying a min- mounting surface. Modified sprinklerstl mustnt replaced. iwise alteredg mum-to-maximum torque of 20 to 30 lb-ft (26,8 to 40,2 N•m). Higher For Deep Escutcheons, slide the outer Sprinklers that have been exposed to levels of torque may distort the sprin- skirt over the inner cup to make firm corrosive products of combustion, but kler Inlet with consequent leakage or contact with the mounting surface. have not operated,should be replaced impairment of the sprinkler. if they cannot be completely cleaned Care and by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or Do not attempt to compensate for by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. insufficient adjustment in an escutch- eonMaintenanceCare must be exercised to avoid plate by under or over-tightening damage to the sprinklers — before, the Sprinkler. Re adjust the position of TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers, during, and after installation. Sprin- the sprinkler fitting to suit. 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard klers damaged by dropping, striking, Step 1.Install horizontal sidewall sprin- Response, Extended Coverage, Ordi- wrench twist/slippage,or the like,must klers with the center line of waterway nary Hazard (ECOH) must be main- be replaced.Also,replace any sprinkler parallel to the ceiling and perpendicu- tained and serviced in accordance with that has a cracked bulb or that has lost lar to the back wall surface. The word this section. liquid from its bulb. (Refer to Installa- "TOP" on the deflector must face Before closing a fire protection system tion Section.) upwards toward the ceiling. main control valve for maintenance The owner is responsible for the inspec- Step 2. With a non-hardening pipe- work on the fire protection system tion, testing, and maintenance of their thread sealant such as TEFLON applied that it controls, obtain permission to fire protection system and devices in to the Inlet threads, hand-tighten the shut down the affected fire protection compliance with this document,as well sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Do systems from the proper authorities as with the applicable standards of the not grasp the sprinkler by the deflector and notify all personnel who may be NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- (Ref. Figure 10). affected by this action. CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to Step 3. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler Absence of the outer piece of an the standards of any Contactr autritie htheavuing either: escutcheon, which is used to cover a 1 s install- clearance hole, may delay the time to ing contractor or product manufacturer • a pipe wrench on the Inlet Band or sprinkler operation in a fire situation. with any questions. the Casing (Ref. Figure 1) the W-Type on A Vent Hole is provided in the Bulb Seat Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- • the Wrench-Te 8lat(Ref.Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 1)to indicate if the Dry Sprinkler ommended to be inspected, tested, is remaining dry. Evidence of leakage and maintained by a qualified Inspec- Apply the Wrench Recess of the from the Vent Hole indicates poten- tion Service in accordance with local W-Type 8 Sprinkler Wrench to the tial leakage past the Inlet seal and the requirements and/or national codes. Wrench Flat. need to remove the sprinkler to deter- TFP55O Page 7 of 8 P/N* 61 - XXX - X - XXX ESCUTCHEON TYPE SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON ORDER FINISH FINISHI LENGTH2 161 Flush Escutcheon NATURAL BRASS 055 5.50 in. (1 in. NPT), 155°F(68°C) 1 BRASS PLATED 163 Flush Escutcheon 082 8.25 in. (1 in. NPT),200°F(93°C) SIGNAL WHITE SIGNAL WHITE Deep Escutcheon 4 (RAL9003) (RAL9003) 171 (1 in. NPT), 155°F(68°C) POLYESTER POLYESTER 180 18.00 in. 173 Deep Escutcheon 9 CHROME CHROME 187 18.75 in. (1 in. NPT),200°F(93°C) PLATED PLATED 151 Without Escutcheon SIGNAL WHITE 372 37.25 in. (1 in.NPT), 155°F(68°C) 0 CHROME (RAL9003 153 Without Escutcheon PLATED POLYESTER 480 48.00 in. (1 in. NPT),200°F(93°C) Notes: 1. Does not apply to assemblies without escutcheon. 2. Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon"Order Length"as measured per Figures 2.3&4. 3. After the measurement is taken,round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. " Use Prefix"I"for ISO 7-R1 Connection(e.g.,I-61-161-1-055). TABLE E SERIES DS-3 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL, DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS(ECOH) PART NUMBER SELECTION Limited Ordering Sprinkler Wrench Specify W-Type 8 Sprinkler Wrench, Wa rr tP/N 56-892-1-001 ocedure Sprinkler Boot For warranty terms and conditions,visit Contact your local distributor for avail- Specify Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler www.tyco-fire.com. ability. When placing an order, indi- Boot, P/N 63-000-0-002 cate the full product name, including This Part Number includes one (1) description and Part Number(P/N). Boot, two (2) Strap Ties, and 1/3 oz Dry-Type Sprinklers of Adhesive (a sufficient quantity for When ordering Series DS-3 Dry-Type installing one boot). Sprinklers, 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard Response, Extended Cover- age, Ordinary Hazard (ECOH), specify the following information: • SIN TY5339 • Order Length: Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon Order Length as measured from the face of the wall to the face of the sprinkler fitting (Ref. Figures 2, 3 & 4). After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. • Inlet Thread Connections: 1 Inch NPT (Standard) ISO 7-R 1 (For information on ISO Inlet Thread Connections, contact your Johnson Controls Sales Representative.) • Ternperature Rating • Sprinkler Finish • Escutcheon Type and Finish, as applicable • Part Number from Table E TFP550 Page 8 of 8 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 1 Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Olt2018 Johnson Controls.All rights reserved.All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson o NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; COfltf®ls TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont Spare sprinkler Head storage Cabinet F P P Description Fire Protection Products, Inc. Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinets are designed to allow for spare sprinkler head storage as required by NFPA guidelines. The Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinets are available in six configurations. Three head, six head, six head ESFR, twelve head, twenty-four head, and thirty-six head. All six styles are manufactured with "knockouts" to accommodate the most common size sprinklers. The shelf is positioned to allow for the storage of a typical sprinkler head wrench. Each cabinet is finished in red enamel. Each spare head cabinet comes with a hinged door which remains closed to protect the spare sprinklers from the elements and features holes on the back panel to allow for attachment to most surfaces utilizing the appropriate fasteners. Not intended for exposed or harsh environments. installation Specifications Select the correct Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinet in accordance with the Automatic Sprinkler Systems Handbook. As per the 1989 Edition the correct number of spare Material: Steel-22 Gauge sprinkler is as follows: Finish: 0-300 sprinklers, not less than 6; 300-1000, not less than 12; 1000 or more, not Red enamel less than 24. Stock of spare sprinklers shall include all types and ratings installed.* Styles: 3 Spare sprinklers, V2 or 34 Once the correct Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinet has been selected, installation 6 Spare sprinklers,1/2 or X14 is accomplished by inserting the correct fastener in each of the holes inside the 6 Spare,insiESFRde th 'lz or ala cabinet, securing the cabinet securely to the wall. Insert the correct number and 24 Spare sprinklers type of sprinklers in accordance with the "handbook". 36 Spare sprinklers 'Final determination is subject to approval by the AHJ. 3'98 IJONSHEA[7 AVE CARLSBAD, SA 92010 1 760)99-1168 1 800 344-1822 FAX + 1 800 344-3775 2016,8t ‘'rot-oi,troq Products inc. V! 1I ►►■. ! ! are S ri Sp pnkler Head Storage Cabinet i 1 a F Dimensions i Cabinet Type Length Depth Height Height (open) 12 head cabinet 14 1/4" 4" 5 1/4" 10 7A ' (02-400-00) ' 4 rn..wwanw�nv..� „w.narwwwnv...� ,,ywvn 6 head cabinet 14 1/4" 2 7/7x' 5'/4" 1 101/4" (02-401-00) 3 head cabinet 7 6/15' t 2 1/2" 5 1/4" 10 1/4" (02-402-00) ESFR cabinet, 6 head { 141/4" 3 3/16' 61/z" 12 3/4" (02-403-00) 24 head cabinet 14 1/4" 4" 8' ' 17" (02-404-00) i /1 ,,. , ., . ...w..„.ww, 36 head cabinet , 12 5A16' 4" 11 3/4" 2611/ ' g 02-405-00 ( ) (Length open) 3198 UONSHEAD AVE E -� CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL+1 760 599-1168 +1 800 344-1822 FAX+1 800 344-3775 0 2016 Fire Protection Products,Inc. TTTTTT 0 * w �. Spare sprinkler Head storage Cabinet 41 )k,,,,, FPPI ° ,, s "Height Open" "Length" , "Height Closed" I I "Depth" Item Numbers 02-400-00 to 02-404-00 3.1,98,,LIONSi-i:A1) AVE: __,... C;ARLOkiA1), GiA 921119,fi TEE 1 760599-1,,.,., -1 800 344-1822 ' .----- FAX 80 f 0'''44-Q'7/H +- 1 ' L)26761-/re 1-1-orect en f1-cducts,Inc. T!. .. Spare Sprinkler Head Storage Cabinet ,A6 FPPI "Depth" "Height" <=› -J11•1111111111.11111•111•1111•111, "Length" "Length Open" Item Number 02-405-00 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 FEE 1 /60 599-1168 1 800 344-1822 FAX-+ 1 800 344-3175 2616 Fire Protection Products.inc. fl TY !! " •T' identification signs FPPI® Description Manufactured from .020" white coated aluminum. All sign types are screen printed with a fade resistant red ink. Each sign is shipped with a clear protective plastic coating which can be re- moved at time of installation. Each sign type meets or exceeds NFPA13 requirements. All signs (except 7" round) are drilled in four corners to allow for easy installation. All signs (except 7" round) may be installed with sign chain or with any fastener that is suitable for the material that the sign is being attached. The 7" round bell signs are center drilled to allow for installation ia, Fitcse directly to the bell gong assembly. Type "A" 9" x 7" Control valve signs are drilled with the same four hole pattern as Type "B" 6" x 2" signs to allow for attachment of Type "B" to Type "A". Installation Specifications Installation of aluminum signs is accomplished by several methods. The most common installation procedure is to use#16 Single Jack chain to hang the Material: sign on the area being identified. Since all of the above mentioned signs are remo20"vable aluminum plastic with removable coating predrilled at all four corners, the last link of the chain can be opened and hooked through the top holes on the signs and hung on the appropriate valve or piping. Sizes: The signs may also be fastened to a flat surface with fasteners appropriate to x 2", 4'x6 the base material. (The 9" x 7" Fire Alarm Bell sign must be drilled with a 3/e" hole 5"x 7" if it is to be attached directly to the bell gong.) 9"x 7" 12„x 10„ 8.5"x11" 7" Round See current catalog for a full listing of all available signs. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL+1 760 599-1168 +1 800 344-1822 FAX+1 800 344-3775 ©2012 Fire Protection Products,Inc. a,,, w w Plastic Wall Plates Floor/Ceiling F P P Description FPPI Plastic Floor and Ceiling Plates are manufactured from light weight 4. injection molded plastic and are of single piece construction and rustproof. They are suitable for both interior and exterior uses and are highly recommended in corrosive environments. Available in IP sizes 1/2"through 8". Installation Specifications The plastic wall plates may be installed by two methods. The first is by placing Size(IP)* ID OD the wall plate over the pipe while the pipe is being installed.The second is by 1/2„ .827 2.787 splitting the wall plate at the area on the back of the wall plates that has been 14" 1.037 2.997 molded to break apart. Carefully bend the wall plate a this weakened area 1" 1.298 3.210 11/4" 1.640 3.580 until fully separated.Then carefully twist the wall plate open just enough to 11/2" 1.900 3.900 beplaced around the pipe. Allow the two ends of the separated wall plate to 2" 2.380 4.450 "spring" back into shape. Slide the wall plate up against the base material to 231,/,2" 2.900 5.280 finish the installation. The wall plates should not be painted. Certain chemicals 3.535 5.925 4" 4.575 6.935 contained in paint may cause the wall plates to deteriorate. 5" 5.655 9.655 6" 6.740 9.820 8" 8.790 13.010 Depth: 3/16° Finish: Chrome White 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL+1 760 599-1168 +1 800 344-1822 e FAX+1 800 344-3775 ©2012 Fire Protection Products,Inc. 111111* ,00 I Fire Protection Products,Inc. 3198 Lionshead Avenue =' '") Carlsbad,CA 92010 SAFETY DATA SHEET Phone:(760)599-1168 Fax (800)344-3775 Last Updated: 08/26/15 FPPI Thread Tape (Polyflon PTFE F Powder Series) Manufacturer Information Emergency Contact Fire Protection Products, Inc. CHEMTREC 3198 Lionshead Avenue 1300 Wilson Boulevard Carlsbad, CA 92010 Arlington, VA 22209-2380 Phone: +1 (800) 344-1822 Phone: +1 (800) 424-9300 Fax: +1 (800) 344-3775 International: +1 (703) 527-3887 Product Use Hazard Classification Non-hazardous Hazard Not Otherwise Classified None Hazard Statements None Vapors and fumes liberated during hot processing with this material may cause and flu-like symptoms (chills, fever and sometimes, cough)that may not Precautionary Statements occur until several hours after exposuret icall typically pass within about 36— 48 hours. Inhalation: Supply fresh air Never eat, drink, or smoke in work areas. Practice good personal hygiene Prevention after using this material especially before eating, drinking, smoking, using the toilet, or applying cosmetics. Eye/Face Protection: Rinse opened eye for several minutes under running water. Skin Contact: Immediately wash with water and soap and rinse thoroughly. Response After contact with the molten product, cool rapidly with cold water. Respiratory Contact: Supply fresh air; consult doctor in case of complaints. Ingestion: If symptoms persist consult doctor. No special requirements. Storage Protect from contamination. Do not allow product to reach sewage system or any water course. No Disposal dangerous substances are released during disposal. r1 yj j ;•;-, ;..ate i Component Name CAS Number Weight Polytetrafluoroethylene 9002-84-0 100% l mow, s of, �' Uf a .0 4 Inhalation Supply fresh air; consult doctor in case of complaints • - Skin Immediately wash with water and soap and rinse thoroughly. Rinse opened eye for several minutes under running water. Eye If symptoms persist consult doctor. Ingestion Vapors and fumes liberated during hot processing with this material may cause flu-like Symptoms symptoms (chills,fever and sometimes, cough)that may not occur until several hours after exposure and typically pass within about 36—48 hours. If symptoms persist consult doctor. Medical Care Not applicable Flash Point Powder, water spray and CO2. Fight large fires with water spray or alcohol Extinguishing Media resistant foam. Special Firefighting Wear fully protective suit. Procedures/Equipment Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards Formation of toxic gases is possible during heating or in case of fire. Not applicable Additional Information General Protective and Hygienic Measures: Wash hands before breaks and at the end of work. For conditions where exist a potential for significant exposure to Personal Precautions fumes and/or toxic vapors, use a full face mask with the acid and organic cartridges. Use safety glasses. Use synthetic rubber gloves and protective clothing. Not applicable Environmental Precautions Methods and Materials Use for Not applicable Containment Not applicable Methods for Clean Up , .. .� 4 Extractors are required on all machines used for thermal processing or splinter Handling removal processes. No special requirements. Storage Exposure Guidelines Components CAS-No. Type Value Polytetrafluoroethylene 9002-84-0 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Engineering Controls Eye/Face Protection: General Protective Measures -wear glasses. Personal Protection Skin Protection: General Protective Measures—protective work clothing. Respiratory Protection: General Protective Measures—where exist a potential for significant exposure to fumes and/or toxic vapors use a full face mask with acid and organic vapor cartridges. Wash hands before breaks and at the end of work. General Measures Keep away from tobacco products. Appearance: White solid Evaporation Rate: Not Applicable Odor: Odorless Flammability: Product is not flammable Odor Threshold: Not Applicable Upper/lower Flammability and/or Explosive Limits: Product does not present an explosion hazard. pH: Not Applicable Vapor Pressure: Melting Point/Freezing Point: 320-330 C° Vapor Density: Boiling Point and Boiling Range: Undetermined Relative Density: g/mL Flash Point: Not Applicable Solubility: Insoluble Partition Coefficient: Not Applicable Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not Applicable Decomposition Temperature: 470 C° (0.1%TG) Viscosity: Not Applicable Density: 2.1—2.2 g/cm2 VOC: Not Applicable No dangerous reactions known. Reactivity Not Applicable Chemical Stability Possibility of Hazardous No dangerous reactions known. Reactions Even at the temperatures reached during the normal hot processing of Conditions to Avoid fluoropolymers fume will be generated that will present a potential health hazard. To avoid decomposition do not overheat. Danger of toxic fluorine based pyrolysis products. Hazardous Decomposition No data Ingestion Toxicity No data Skin Toxicity No data Eye Irritation No data Respiratory Irritation No data Chronic Toxicity No data Carcinogenicity No data Other No data Ecotoxicity No data Degradability The product is insoluble in water and the biodegradation and ecotoxicity is expected Other below. Disposal must be made according to official regulations. Waste Disposal MethodftAN Not Applicable UN Number Not Applicable UN Proper Shipping Name Not Applicable Transport Hazard Class Canadian Transportation of Not Applicable Dangerous Goods Not Applicable Marine Pollutants Keep away from heat. Special Precautions When using do not smoke. Not Applicable TSCA Status Not Applicable SARA 311/312 Hazards Not Applicable California Prop 65 Not Applicable DSL Status(Canada) No Red List ingredients used in the production of this product. Additional Information Human Resource Department Prepared By 8/26/15 Revised Date Although the information and recommendations set forth herein are presented in good faith and believed to be correct as of the date hereof, Fire Protection Products, Inc. makes no representations as to the completeness or accuracy thereof. Fire Disclaimer Protection Products, Inc. makes no warranty whatsoever, expressed or implied, of merchantability or fitness for the particular purpose since the conditions of use are beyond our control. Fire Protection Products, Inc. assumes no responsibility for injury to recipient or to third persons for any damage to any property and recipient. Pt eF t® AS IL F P P I Anaerobic Thread Sealant Paste with Description PipeFit°AS Anaerobic Thread Sealant with PTFE is formulated to provide the highest pressure resistant seal of any anaerobic compound suitable for fire sprinkler systems. PipeFit°AS provides lubrication during assembly then cures to a resilient, vibration-proof polymer shim which is resistant to corrosive chemicals, solvents and galvanic attack between dissimilar metals. After complete cure(24 hours)the joint can be disassembled with normal pipe »,A working tools if required. DO NOT USE ON CPVC OR OTHER PLASTIC PIPE. Directions Specifications Apply PipeFit°AS to first few male threads then assemble parts normally. Product Characteristics: Cures to 50% in 4 hours, 90% in 8 hours and completely cured within 24 hours. Paste DO NOT USE DOPE AND TAPE TOGETHER. Color: White Can be used on stainless steel. S Gravity: 1.15gm/cc WARNING: CONTAINS METHACRYLATE ESTERS Avoid eye contact or Viscosity: extended skin exposure. For eye contact, immediately flush with water for 15 1500000cps minutes and seek medical attention. For extended skin exposure wash contact Flash point: area thoroughly and consult a physician. 860° F Temp Range: KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. FOR EMERGENCY SPILL -65°F to+400°F INFORMATION CONTACT CHEMTREC 1(800)424-9300. Storage stability at<75°F: 250 ml- 12 months 750 mi- 12 months 7 I-6 months Performance Characteristics Cure speeds: 50%-4 hours 90% -8 hours 100% -24 hours Locking Torque: 400 in. lbs(1/2"NPT) Cured Seal: 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE 10000psi Fluids AD, CA 92010 TEL+1 3000psi Gases TEL+1 760 344-1122 +1 800 344-1822 125 psi Natural Gas ti FAX+1 800344-3775 Chemical Resistance: I®® Excellent ©2012 Fire Protection Products,Inc. ®r, MADE IN U.S.A. 111t.VT. 8I